Proceedings of the Summer Institute in Recent Advances on the Study of Marine Fish Eggs and Larvae 14 JUNE to 3 JULY, 1989

ICAR

CENTRAL MARINE FISHERIES RESEARCH INSTITUTE Dr. SALIM ALI ROAD COCHIN-682 031. PROCEEPINGS OF THE SUJMER INSTITUTE. IN RECENT ADVANCES ON THE; STUDY OF MARINE FISH EGGS AND LARVAII

The Indian council of Agricultural Research^ having recognised the importance of the study of marine fish eggs and larvae, has sanctioned a Summer institute to be held at the central Marine Fisheries Research Institute's Regional centre at Mandapam Camp, from 14th June to 3rd July, 1989.

There were seventeen candidates who have undergone the summer institute as its participants, sponsored by the Heads of various research, educational and developmental organisations dealing with fish and fisheries in the country.

The Summer institute comprised of lectures, practicals, training, field visits and group discussions.

..2 - 2 - covering the latest development and recent advances in the field of marine fish eggs and larvae.

The summer institute was inaugurated by Dr. M.LakshiP.anan/ vice Chancellor, Madurai Kairiaraj university, on the forenoon of 14th June, 1989. Dr. A.G.sathyanesan, Emeritus scientist, council of scientific and industrial Research has presided over the function; and later he has delivered a lecture on "NeurendocjClns control of gonadotropin secretion with special reference to gonadial growth and spawning", for the benefit of the, participants.

On 3rd July, 1989, the valedictory function was ' organised, when Dr. K.subbaramaiah, senior scientist. Central salt and Marin© Chemicals Research institute, Marine Algal station, Mandapam, has d^'livered the valedictory address and also distributed certificates to all the 17 participants who have successful^-y completed the summer institute. FACULTY

1. Dr. p.s.B.R.James, 7, smt. Rani Mary George, Director/ summer institute scientist (s.G), and Director* CMFRI Research cent;:© Central Marine Fisheries Vizhinjam. Research institute^. Cochin. 2. Dr. p. Bensam, 8, Dr. N.Gopalakrishna pillai^ Associate Di?"ector, scientist (s.G), summer institute and CMFRI, Principal scientist, cochin. CMFRI, Cochin. 3. Dr. K.C.George, 9, shri, s. Krishna pillai, Principal scientist, scientist/ CMPRI, cochin. CMFRI Regional centre, . Mandapam Camp, 4, shri. M. Kumaran. Principal scientist, 10. shri, p. jayasankar, CMFRI Research centre, scientist, KozhiHode, CMFRI Regional centre, Mandapam Camp, 5. Dr. K.J. Mathew, 11, Shri. M.Badrudeen, scientist (Selection Grade), Teclinical OfJEicsr, CMFRI^ • CMFRI Regional Centre, Cochin. Mandapam camp. (p, shri, A. A. jayap?-akash, 12. $hri. s.G,Vincent/ scientist (selection Grade), senior Technical Assistant/ CMFRI Regional Centre, CMFRI Research centre, Mandapam canrp. Vizhinjam, LIST OP, Pm'

1. KuiTi. Beena somanath, 8, Shri.M.P.V, Prasad, CSIR senior Research Fellow, Lecturer, School of Biological sciences, C.K.M. college, Madurai Kamaraj university, " WarangalrSOeOOe. Madurai-625 021, 2. shrl, V* Chellapandian, 9. shri.R.Ramakrishna, D.O.D. Research Fellow, Assistant Research officer, Central Marine Fisheries Brackishwater Fish Farm, Research institute,P,B.No.2704, A^p, Agricultural Dr.salim Ali Rpad, university, Ernakulam-i682 031 Kakinada - 500 030.

3. Dr. A.N.Kul]carni, 10. shri.C.Ramana Reddy, Lecturer* Department of Zoology, D,0*D. Research Fellow, N.E.Sf science college, Department of Marine Nanded - 431 $02, Biology, Karnataka University, 4, shri, Lakshman NayaH< Kodibag, Lecturer in Marine Biology, K3rwar-^581 303. Berhampur Vniversity^ Berhampur-^t^O D07. 5t Dr. p.K, Mallick, 11,^ Shri, Rex Harold^ Lecturer, Project Officer, Dum Dum Motijheel college, Matsyafed, Calcutta-700 074, Priya, Quilpn-^$91 513. 6, Shri, M.Mgnickasundaram, UtG.C. Research Fellow, 12, Shri, A.K. Sadhu, Centre of Advanced ptudy in Lecturer, Marine giology, Burdwan Raj college, Parangipettair608 502. Rajbati p,o. Burdwan-713 104. 7, shri, p.RiMony, Research Assisi^ant, 13, shri.Sebastian Raja, Regional Shrimp Hatchery, ICAR Junior Research . - Directorate of Kerala; state , Fellow,centre of Advanced Fisheries, Azhikode Jetty P.O., Study in Marine Biology, Trichur District, Parangipettair608 502,

»,2 - 2 -

14, Dr. A. Shanmugham^ 16. Dr. P.Thamilchelvap, Research Associate (u.G.c)/ Lecturer/ centre of Advanced study in Department of Biosciences, Marine Biology, Narmada College of science, parangipettai - 608 502. Technology and Coitrrrierce, Bharuch *392 001.

15, Dr. B, sriHrishnadhas, Associate professor. 17, shri.B.N,Tiwari> Fisheries College of scientist s-1, • Tamilnadu Agricultural CJPE; ^rackishwater Fish university, Farm, ' Tuticorin-c628 008, Kakinada-533 007, FOREWORD

For the'rational exploitation, conservation and rnanagement of marine fisheries, it is essential to survey the spawning grounds of different determine the spawning seasons, study their recruitment, growth and mortalities. This would be possible only if proper identities of the eggs, larvae, postlarvae and other develop­ mental stages of the target species are established, Apart from this studies pn marine fish eggs and larvae are essential for identification of new fish stocks of commercial importance as well as to correlate the distribution and abundance of early developmental stages of target species in relation to the prevailing environmental parameters and their influence on the stocks, in coastal aquaculture operations, it is imperative that the characteristic features of the early life history stages of the target species are known accurately.

j.n view of the above, it has become imperative to identify the early developmental stages of marine fishes precisely and document them in different geographical areas, Many contributipns from different parts of the world have etngnated over the years on account of these reasons; and two international symposia as well as a training course have been conducted in recent years, ..2 * 2 -

in , among about 1,300 species of marine bony fishes present, the early developmental stages of only about 100 species have been identified and documented so far, forming only about 8% of the number of the species. But, for a rational exploitation, conservation and management of our marine finfish resources, there is urgent need to fill up the lacunae existing in our knowledge at present. Hence, in order to focus attention on this aspect as well as to train some scientists and teachers in the country, the Indian council of Agricultural Research has sanctioned a summer institute in "RecentftSvances on the study of ^Jarine Fish Eggs and Larvae" at the Mandapam Regional Centre of the Central Marine Fisheries Research institute, from 14th June to 3rd July, 1989, The present volume contains the technJLcal papers prepared and presented at the above summer Institute by the Faculty,

•< The Director and Faculty Members express their gratitude to the ICAR for the financial assistance provided. They are also thankful to the Heads of various organisations for sponsoring the candidates for the Summer institute.

7-r\&S

PJS.B,R, JameJ director, sxjjwner institute and Directcr, CMFRI COK[TE;MTS

Foreword

proceedings of the si^irwer institute

Titles of Technical Papers Authoj-(sL

Theoyy importance of the study of aggs and larvae in Fisheries i Pevelopment P.S. B,R, jemes Relevance of the study of marine fish eggs ^nd. larvae ih p. Bensam India,

Need for a isound knowledge on the ichthyofauna of the locality where works tak?fi ^P S-pawning season and spawning . N.G.K;, pillai grounds

ytPrphometric and meristic characters of fishes • Af At jayaprakash

Development of oocytes to maturity and spawning p,jayasankar Oeveippment of eggs and larvfte P, Berj-a«tr»v . Identification of Eggs and La:rva^ K.CtGeorge

collec1;:ion of material KtJ. Mathew

survey of eggs and larvae in space and time IC.Ct George

».? - 3 -

practicals

Development of oocytes to maturity P, jayasankar Evaluation of the morphometric and meristic characters of A.A.jayaprakash fishes and M» Badrudeen Collection of - Work on Board Research vessel K.J* Mathew

Guidelines for sorting ou.t K.C.George, eggs and larvae M. Kuraaran, P. Bensam and S.G.Vincent

Guidelines for microscopic M. Kumaran, Study of characters K.C. George, p, Bensam and S.G. Vincent

Guidelines for rearing eggs S.G.Vincent and and larvae P. Bensam

Drawing of live and preserved p, Bensam^ fish eggs and larvae K.C*George, M.Kumaran and S.G.Vincent

Evaluation of the characters of K.C.George, eggs and larvae P.Bensam, M.Kumaran and S.G.Vincent

Library work on a study of p. Bensam, fish eggs and larvae M.Kumaran, K.C.George and S.G;Vincent

Finalisation and writing up of K.C. George, the work on fish ^ggg and larvae p. Bensam< M. Kumaran and S.G. Vincent

«^«*«««f^-«»^>«*f«>««>*«»-^iF« • CMFRI/Sl/1989/Th.1

IMPORTANCE OF THE STUDY OF EGGS AND LARVAE IN FISHERIES DEVELOPMENT

• . ..-.../.^By P.S.B.R. James Director (Central Marine Fisheries Research Institute. Cochin)

** • ** Research In Fisheries biology of commercially Important species have assumed importance only during the 19th and 20th centurle'S in different parts of the world. With progress of the above work over the years, it was realised that an absolute knowledge on the early developmental stages of marine fishes is required to assess their distribution and abundance in space and tlm® (Ahlstrom, 1954j 1966), Such a study is also an essential prerequisite in under­ taking the spawning surveys of target species, monitoring the changes in exploitable stocks and yields and forecasting the trends of their production (Ahlstrom and Moser, 1976). For Instance, in the European Plaice, a correlation has been found to exist between the abundance of the early developmental stages in the plankton and the subsequent recruitment of the year • classes to the fishery. For the herring, a similar relation has been found between the spawning stock and egg production (Russell, 1976), The rate of survival from newly spawned eggs to the end of planktonic phase of life in the Pacific sardine was found to be about one in one thousand (Ahlstroirt, 1954), From the above facts it is obvious that only if and w*ien proper identities of eggs, larvae, postlarvae of the target species are established, will it be possible to determine the above events as well as to manage the respective fisheries in space and time. Hence, as drawn attention QJ H- H" H- G> o T3 Hi 3 H —» Qi <+ CD H* QJ > cn »-• H H- QJ H- QJ 3 c H CJ o o rt- (n D a cn H H> d O Oi CD ^o 3 o OJ 3 cn 3* t+ QJ O CO 3 3 H ro 3 3* 3 Hi o O ro CD H H CD ja en a H I-- O H !-• a a c+ el­ O H- a 3 H4 3 Hi «+ tJ CD c ^ T5 I-- O cn o < QJ iQ H- s' ro cn H> CO or n 0) a Hi c Hi H- rt C ?C 3* o cn a H- « rr H •< H H c+ ?r OJ c+ H o o H »-• H- c+ -< U3 3 H- !-• 3 CD cn t+ cn H H- CD a QJ H cn CD CD CD o ro H- a H- 3 Qj cn H- 3 o H- Hi O CD O 2 2 M —A O < a CD ^ O > a QJ K— a O QJ ro H H 3" C+- CA CD riT* •< H' S 'cD V o «• 3 3 vO (-' DJ CD H 3 3 o QJ •a H- *-• H' o H' c+ < 3* c • 3 D H- H-- 3 GJ ?r CD o o H« < Hi H QJ c+ o cr QJ H) 3 3- QJ ro ro c+ H- c+ 3 O !-• H H« h" o 3 o C3> iQ H- CD rt- QJ .>'~v CD H O 3 % H M H- O ro iQ ro rt- QJ iQ Hi CD 0) M c+ 3 H> H- O >_» H- H- H* O rt- —^ o <+ CD ro H" H- C+- a «Q iQ 3- c+ iQ cn 0) O 3 O C+- vO H- cn CD c+ Hi cn • Va o •< • o ro '< a *< ro «+ H- c+ o H- H» cn QJ vQ T3 o CD O 3 3 Hi (+ a 3* a ro H' H 3 3- •>~^ ' O 3* c M cn Hr H- H- t+ H- 3 o 3 CD 3 n H c CD H" H, 3 <+ cn O ro DJ ro —* 3 o CD S H H' 3 cn cn DJ »»^» CO CD H <+ V ^ CD o O CL Hi 3 ro rt- O 3 H 3 vO •a 3- H- OJ H> H- 3- H-" ^o 3 3 H H- H H 3 •< o a ua H H' o QJ a 3 -4 0) CO (-• H- CD 3 cQ CD <+ < e¥ ro O QJ O rt- H CD c+ H) QJ H, c+ f- O Ji» 3 H •o M CD TJ- H cn o QJ f+ H« Qy M 3 3 H- QJ c+ o < o H- -< c+ 3- *-• cn s.^ o CU ro >-• 3" CD O ja 3" H (-• CJ a GJ 3 3* Hi cn CD H H* H- iQ O ro T3 QJ c+ H o o <+ •< K- H Hi o c CD O rt- c+ M t+ O C t-- H- 3 hi 3 H H QJ •o c+ H- 3" • cn 0) s! H o Q> 3 cn CD O H' cn Hi o O cn N iQ ro 3 DJ < !-<• 3 D* CD 3 3* H- CD H £+ T3 ro X c+ 2J ro c+ 3 H H O ro '< « c+ O c+ H CO M a 3" c+ CD C (Q ? c o DJ CJ C+ c+ QJ H* a CD o iQ cn c+ C+- 3 cn H, H- a H < 3 H, iQ CD <+ c+ 3 t+ CD H CD 3 H cn cn 3 DJ QJ H < 3 CD cn o K Q) cr 3 o < c+ S 3 CO H (D CD cn cn c-t- TJ O cn <-l- H- QJ QJ S < h-- ro t+ ro rt- 0) •< c P- O rt- cn «• <* QJ /-^ CO QJ os Hi H- 3 CD 3 M OJ 3 QJ c+ H o cn -y 3 o H rf ct- c+ o O o 3 •a o 3 cn CD O <0 • "< 0) n ro ro QJ o ro a c CD 3- 3" Q> H- • c: •o O c+ 3- H' a CD Hi X 3 c+ ro CO H o 3 M H* 3 CD H co « H o 3 >< CD H H' TJ Hi O CO T( o 3 Hi a 1-' 3 Q» 3 (O Q) H «Q H • o *o CD >-v cn cn Qj cn 1-^ O H' c+ H •o ro Hi Qj ro cr fl) 3 CD Q) CD H" CD c > H' cr <>->> 3* OJ Hi CO 3* H f) c+ TJ H- o rt- o H « a iQ cr <+ cn cn M O 3- o H- c .^ H« 3- CD cn ro H« Hi ro n a c+ 3* < H« !-• QJ 3 3 vO H 3 ,3 H rt- o ro H« o ro ro ro 0) Q) H H < cn H- o o H cn h-' a -J CD CD CD CD QJ H- CO cn QJ cr 3 Hi <+ U3 CD a CO 73 o H CD !-• «+ r+ <• H QJ <^ cn a S cQ n iQ cn 3- 3 H" c+ H- cn QJ H- (D (-• CD 3 •^ 3* H CO 3 •'—^ O VQ 4 CD CD c+ ro a ro H- cn <^ cn O CO CD r+ o o H> C+- c+ CD O O M o • c cr Hi cn o cn H-* 3" cn 3 Hi 3* c T3 Q) O o H- CD 3* H O 3 3- Q) CO n *< H- cr • >< H CO cn >< a ro U) (A 3 CO Q; H- CD 0) cr «• CO rh n cn QJ i-- O H« C ro -< o C H- a cn <+ cn cn I-- 0) 3 H« o > CD 3" 3 CD •K c cn H QJ c+ iQ c^ o a 3" H- c !-• cn H* O H) 1— CO a 3 H 3 H- CD «-•• CO ?r o a H (ft fD H- cr a a CO CO e*- TJ o H* H> H CU 3 3* 3 O H, c CD CO 3" 3 IQ 3- c 3 cr CD CD c+ O CO CD CD CD •o €+ O H 3* 0) a £+ a H- o T> C+ 0) Q) (0 rt- CO S a> CD c»- •^ •a Q) (+ f+ CD o cQ CU TJ hJ pr O H O H, 3" 3 H- 3- o o 3 0) H- *tt CD 3 H- M a CD rr !-• o CD »-• H« CD < CD Q> c+ 3* 3 H- >.^» 0) (D 3 3 •o o CO CU ja <• 3 O H- V •<: CO s a O CD CO o H o o 1+ <+ « W H- c+ CO o C+- 3* M o c CD "S CU CO o H- w T5 CO H- !-• €+ 3 3- O 3- (0 fl> H« CO Q> Tl « H CD CU o > ro H- a 3 1— H« H* 3 3 • o a -< CD H- »< 3 3 O T3 3 H rt- H t+ H • c 3* 3 3 CD 3 o CD U3 H- CD H> H O O 3 QJ (0 rt- 3 3- D" I-* ?r Q) O (0 3" O H- Qj (Q rl- cr o CD c+ t+ a H GJ 0) H ^Q CD a O CU M 3* *< H o H- a* 0) 3 CD H H" CO CD O o O 3 ro PT 3 3 a CO c 3* O H> CO o CU O < CD H C CD O <+ XI a o o c o 3 «• 0) 3 (0 c+ O 3 CD t+ O (0 3 3 H- 3 CO H <+ CO H H CU H« C CD (0 ^ <+ o iQ c Q> rl- 3 (D V H- (D e+ H- a H* H a •< a a »-• H- «ri- CD h- CU CU H rf- CU 3 3- H m O 3 0) 3- CO 0) (0 O CD CU o c+ H) CU CO t+ M e+ cu en­ H H> H CO 3 Q> c+ e+ !-• t+ CD 3 e*- 3 a o CO o 3 3 "5 O H" iQ • O Hi CD «+ cQ s' ^ C CU H- 0) 3* 3- H ?r o C CO CD 3 C t+ rf a 3 O CD CU «+ o CD CD CD (0 3 3 (U Q) 0) 0) 0) trh CD O 3 CD a H" o 3- H- CD CU H- CO CD o O QJ CO e*- H- (O 3 (0 ro 3 c+ o. cr o ^ -< CD H- o 3* CD H» 3 CO iU 03 X «+ <+ CO a O H- a en a H (0 < S C+- 3 3 H H* so ct (0 !-• o (0 TJ o a c+ CD (0 H- (0 3 3 H* £U to OJ H- 3 H- o o H* t+ CD O (0 • CD o CO >-• H CD CD *Q 3* CO •o a 3 rt- 3 3 o H (0 H d) c+ H> • t+ O CO a CU CD (0 3 o H- O (0 «+ 3 H O c+ CD H- CD O (D o c+ 3 H CO 3 3 O CU a iQ CD rt- 3" H> 1 Q> TJ (0 H- H" c+ cQ <• CD H H- 3 ^ 3" CO H- *m t+ H* 3 e+ C CO 3" H> CO c*- O o H c+ (D 3* H- CD Q) CO t+ O sO CD 3 3" CU 3 CO cr H- ro CO (D 1 3* 4 H» < Q) (0 3- CO H- CO H' o "S CU -J ^^ iQ o CD CD H- CD CO H> rt- H (D C+- Q) H* O ro c+ CO •0) TJ O «— 3 3 C> H H« 3* TJ 3 c+ 3- H CO C CD H cu c+ f+ o Hj N' O 3 0} 0) CO d *• O 3 H- CU •o CU t+ 3" (0 P- o CD a 3 3 3* H- H« 3 3 3 a s a H 3 H- a 3 H O H 3" 3 CD e+ 3 3 •o -< et- H' <+ (D O 3 e+ Q) 0) T3 3 H' H* e+ a •Jh CO c CU CO cl- CD C c ^Q CU 3 3 hJ O M c+ O I— P- Hi H> a> o %o o 3 o CO H" H 3 a rt- M o CU H» o X) rt- CD <+ CD CD CO QJ 3 H> H* M O 00 o CD CU <+ H« O CO CO O H- o •3* tu *^> H O o c O 3- O 0) CO CO H CO CD O c «A •-h a t+ CD cr c H> CD (0 CD 3- O c+ CD H 3 Q) Hj H r+ a CU (0 H« o IU 3 "O t- C *"-* 3- cr Q> iQ CO e¥ c+ CD CO cr H H- Q} CO •< H (0 o 3* (0 G) o H« c+ H H« CO H- CD I-" CD H 3 H« CU 3 3- c n CU a H« H o a CU CU 3 CU e+ 3 c+ 3- 0> <+ •o H) CD O CI O CQ c+ CU o CD !-• H- c*- e+ T> CD 3 f> b H CO H- m •< ro <+ 3 CU H, Q) c CO 3 CD CU < 3" CD H) H* a H CO a c+ H> O CU 3" O 3 H" H TJ H c ei- C 3 ro 3 H- H» X Oi M> CO H> H, O CD (-*> 3 CU H CD rt- CU H CO 3 rt^ CD t-- cl- o a (A 0> CO 3 M c+ « O 3 f- H> O c+ CD O !-• o H- cr o a 3" H a O H, O M tQ n CD H> 3- H t+ C Hi ^.^ CD 3 H> O CD o 1— TJ o CD CD « ja c 3 0) (0 (D CD cr 3* CU y O o CD f) TJ H CD CD CD H> CO • cr a rf c H a o T3 e+ O H- n CO X H, H" H (0 CU CD c 3 c+ to H H« -< CD fD 3- Q> o X H O H« H- c H CD o CU Q. CD 3* 3 CO 3 CD CU • (0 l-» a H O ei- H« H* H« c 3 !U CO CD CD M c+ CD H 0) H vQ a H, M cQ H* a ^ <+ H« H« Q> CO «+ CO 3 a H- CO 3" a a 3* t+ t+ M 3- CD o CD CD CO CD H« •< M 1 rt- «r<- •< e+ (Q -< O H* H« O S CU H« o H H 3 3 *< H- H (0 3 cr (0 (D X (0 H» c CD 3- CA <0 O CD CD CD O 1 3 CD rt- 3 1 3 3 rt- M O - TJ O CO a > > «.^ 3 5 3 0 cr QJ S n:: ,-^ M (Q H5 H- 3 0 0 •T] 3 rt- rt- ZT 3* vO CU cu cu H, c 3 QJ QJ —A 3 CD H' 3 It) 3 H 0 QJ 3- 3- l- M 'J H- 01 c+ c+ a H H vO QJ 0 cn TS 3 cr cQ H cn (D CO H" >-• CO (D D •« CO • 3 *• a c 0 H* QJ 3 H H- H- < 3 e+ '£! QJ CD CD >< (O ji. -. iQ a CO a cn 0 c+ H 3 a .—», 0 1^ 0 £+ CD QJ -< H' cn ua • vO H- m 1 • m aj •< c+ H H" ^^-s —k 3 • DJ 3" < iQ 3 (Q QJ !-• cn O 0 0) • i-' • 3 3 CD QJ a e+ CD a vO M H- H- ro OJ 0) cn H- T5 JiK D D —* T] a> 3: 0 •0 a H- 3- a H -J 00 -'-^ QJ 0 CD cn 3 cr cr H, CD n: _k • 0 • -^ H- H • c+ 0 3 OJ H- • CD (X> l-J QJ 0 :S a rJ- iQ QJ H- Q 0 0 2r 0 CO < 3- in a H- cn CO «• H- vO H 0 cn 0 0 CD 3 0 c+ H, 0 —* • 3" 0) —» CO H' c 3 Hs QJ c+ cn CD C c*- 0 H, 0 QJ 3 a (-• 3- H c H, < vO (-• \0 H CU H i£J a —X >< «• Q) 00 QJ H c •-h rt- cn CD 0 H» C • -^ 0 PO u^ H' CsD H' vO H- > < CO QJ a. H, 3" cn H •-• iQ cn 3 01 0 0 TD ^ M- S 3 0 »-• H CX) ^•^ cr 3 « 0 •< rt- H' 0 OJ Q) QJ H- rt- • CU M S 0 3 CD iQ 0 M CD 0 —* •^.^ CD c, 0 a C cn CD (D cn •i rt- CD H« cn 0 Q) cn H' Q> CO 33 ~J 3* -J CD 33 0 H ^—-^ 0 3 cr CD (-"• C H- cn 0 cr Hi ft) c+ • H- c+ «t> \0 CD CO CD 3 0 3* (D Ms« M S CD 0 V-i- CJ 3 a 3" 3 ci- 3* D H H- H H) M 0 QJ 3 QJ 3 cn c+ H- CD QJ 0 cn cn •< QJ a QJ ci- _ po H« H- H- cn 0 H* CD /—^ a ,^—^ 3 M QJ 1— cn ^ 0 H' H 3 ^ QJ < H- cQ 3- 0) D cr fD 3 D* H r •*• •n H* 3 S !-• 0 .—. QJ H- M •0 H- cn 3 CO 0 CD "< 1 ^ c H cn C CD 0) > H) cn a CD 3 g: _JW c+ < CD 3 Cu n QJ ai tn 0 Ji. H- 0) c+ rt- < c+ 3 Cfl 0 0 H- H- cn H, Qj vD H* OJ M T3 CD rt- rt- rt- Hi 1 t— a D" H- • 0 H' 0 ?r 3 ^« cn 3 3 H- H ^^ H O^ 0 cn a. M 0 cn 0 CD 0 0 0 QJ a Q. fD 0 • H, 0 CD 3 CD H- l-J rt- rt- H f-J *i) c I— D 3 cn H —^ CD H 3 vO H« N.^ cn c+ < 3 c+ C cn H- cr 3 • CD 0 Tl f+ H- vO CD c+ a 3 ^ 3 0 CD i£J Qj a QJ CO cr rt, OJ 0) Cu cu H- 3* Q) Q) 3 -4 IQ 3" c+ CD H> (0 t-" 3 *< 0 M H H- en <_). t-" 3 0) rt) 3 3 ^ iQ CD CD 2 3* \^.^ QJ H c a 0 H e+ H, >• H- 0 cn H- 0) Q) H- a 3* a a —» •^—* cn cn 3 0 CD V 3 0 0 0 T! (D • 0 a c 3- 3 H H» • •n NO CD C H a 3 3* 0 3 OJ H> rt, QJ CD iQ CD < 0 0 0) a> QJ cn -J QJ 0) (-• rt- g: TJ c CD cn H- cn 3 3" cn QJ * Q> H cr DO 0 cr 3* CO QJ 3- H- H X «-4 DJ 3 3 0 rt- cn rt- rt- 3 • I-- 3 c C H- c (D a QJ H- a H- QJ QJ cn CD c+ 3 3- 3* OJ H- H- H- H- 3 f-" H> 3 H ,--^ S r> H' »TJ J c+ H T3 3 QJ CD CD 3 H, cr CD Q) cn H, cu Q. H- H* a 3 03 0 M c+ 0 OJ > N a QJ ct- c+ (-• » t+ H* >< H • a 0 Q) • 0 QJ Q) !-• M Q) cn 3 0 c¥ C^ •-< 3 3- CD 0 CD CO H- CD M H 0 3 • 3 3 CD M H « H- t- 3- >• 0 c+ cn H- CU X X a 0 3 OJ « D C 0 (n 0 *• X < H- H> QJ CD u cn 3" c+ c+ H H- •C5 CD T5 «• H> H (D Ul cu CD c+ DJ 0) OJ 3 H- 3 H 33 ct> (D QJ I— 0 CD QJ H 0 CO 0) H « 0 H —k CD 0) M 3 r> rt- .^-N C 3 ijQ 3* •< 0 H 3 rt- H QJ 0 ^ 0 a. 0 vO H 0 H» —k >—>. cn 0 CD QJ I-" H* a QJ rt- H« 3 0 •^—s H* H» 00 ^ c+ cn H- C+- QJ 0 vO -^ cn H5 H- cn cn a 0 3 H- QJ CD « —* «+ H, vO 3 —» rt- 3 3* H ^ \D CD 3 CD to CD CL 3 3 c+ vO OJ CD v-^ m 0s C <+ CD CD CD 00 -J H-- C 0 cr < •< 3 0 c* c 33 3 0 0 M 3 rt- a cn QJ 3 c+ 3 ^ a QJ 3 •a CD CD 0 • CD H CD CD 1 3 H, m 3 cl­ a ^Q* J (0 i eft CD 3 CD 1 3 CD a • -5- Ahlstrom, E.H. 1968 An evaluation of the fishery resources available to the California fishermen In: The future of the fishing industry of the United States. Ed. by Gilbert, D., Univ. of Washington, U.S.A. Ahlstrom, E.H. and H.G. Moser 1976 Eggs and larvae of fishes and their role in systematic investigations and in fisheries. Rev. Trav. Inst. Peches marit. 40 (3 - 4)s 379 - 398. Ahlstrom, E.H. and'tl.G. Moser 1981 Overview - Systematics and development of early lifehistory stages of marine fishes? Achievements during the past century, present status and suggestions for the future, Rapp. P. > V. Reun. Cons, int. Explor. Mar. 178: '^ 541 - 546. Blaxter, J.H.S. (Ed.) 1974 The Early Life History of Fish, Springer - Verlag Berlin, Heidelberg. F A 0 1974 Report on the FAO/MARMAP international training course on fish egg and larval studies, . FIRS/R 144. Fritzche, R.H. 1978 Development of fishes of the Mid - Atlantic Bight. V. Chaetodontidae through Ophidiidae. U.S. Dept. of the Inter., Fish & Wildl, Serv, Hardy Jr. J.D. 1978 a Development, of fishes of the Mid - Atlantic Bight. II. Anquillidae through Synqnathidae. U.S. Dept, of the Inter., Fish & Wildl. Serv. Hardy, Jr. J.D. 1978 b Development of fishes of the Mid - Atlantic Bight, III. Aphredoderidae through Rachycentridae. U.S. Dept, of the Inter., Fish & Wildl. Serv. -6- Johnson, G.D. 1978 Development of fishes of the Mid - Atlantic Bight-. IV Carangidae through Ephippldae. U.S. Dept. of the Inter., Fish & Wildl. Serv. Jones, P.W., F.D. Martin and J.D. Hardy Jr, 1978 Develop­ ment of fishes of the Mid-Atlantic Bight, I. Acipenseridae through Ictaluridae. U,S, Dept. of the Inter., Fish & Wildl. Serv,, Lasker, R. and K. Sherman (Ed.) 1981 The Early Life History^ of Fish; Recent studies. Rapp. P. - V. Il€runN_ Cpjrs^ int. Explor. Me;r, 178. Martin, F.D. and G,E. Drewry 1978 Development of fishes of the Mid-Atlantic Bight. VI. Stromateidae through Oqcocephalidae. U.S. Dept. of the Inter., Fish & . Wildl. Serv. Mits, S. 1966 Identification Sheots of marine plankton in Japanese Waters, Fish Eggs and larvae (in Japanese), Sovosha. 7: 1-74, Ozawa, K, (Ed,) 1986 Studies on the oceanic ichthyo- plankton in the Western North Pacific, Kyushu University Press, Japan, Russell, F.S. 1976 The eggs and planktonic stages of British marine fishes. Academic Press, London-. Smith, P.E. 1974 Manual of methods for fisheries resources survey and appraisal, Pt, IV, Standard techniques for pelagic fish eggs and larval surveys (in mimeo), Uchida, K., S. Imai, S, Mits, S, Fujita, Y, Shojima, T. Senta, M. Tahuky andY.'Dotu 1958 Studies on the eggs, larvae and juveniles of Japanese fishes. Ser, I, Kyushu University, Japan, •Hi r lii,'i

CMFR1/5I/1989/Th.ll

BELEVANCE OF THE STUDY OF MARINE FISH EGGS AND LARVAE IN INDIA

^ By P. Bensam Principal Scientist (Central Marine Fisheries Research Institute. Cochin)

India is a tropical, peninsular country, situated betwee^n about Lat. 3° and 38® N and between about Long* 68* and 80'' E. There is an extensive coastline of more than 6,500 Km, dotted with many estuaries, creeks, backwaters bays, lagoons, etc.f frequented by quite a few species of fishes. According to Talwar and Kacker (1984)^ there are about 1,400 marine and estuarine fish species in India, Of these/ about 100 species belong to the group of sharks, rays and skates (Esasmobranchii), which are mostly viviparous, giving birth to their youngones and hence do not posie any problenis with regard to their identity in their young stages. But, the rest of the number of species, a^bout 1,300, belong to the group of bony fishes (Osteichthyes) and most of them are found along both the east and wiest coast of the,,peninsula, in Bay of Bengal and Arabian Sea respectively. ^•'

Among the many species of bony fishes, it has been observed that unlike as in temperate regions of the world where only one or two species contribute to fisheries, in the seas of^ijfcopical country such as India, a number of species are present in the same genus and are alliect gefjerit^ contributing to multispebies fisheries. A well known example of this kind is the Order , represented by genera such as Sardinella. Dussumieria Escualosa. Hilsa. Ilisha^ Opisthopterus. Raconda.Stolephofus -2- Thryssina, , Setipinna and Coilia. In many genera, each is represented by quite a few species,.fo^inftanc^ the genus Sardinella is represented by 13 species including the subgenus Amblyqaster in Indiai vide Fircher and Biairichl (Ed,, 1984), vi^., S. aIbejla, brachvsoma. davi, fimbriata, qibbosa. jussieui. longicops , mejanura, neqlecta. sindensis S, (Amblyqaster) clupeoides, amblyqaster, sirm; and the genera Thryssa. Stolephorus and Ilisha have 11,8 and 6 species respectively. Another such group is the family Mugilidae which, as may be seen from Tircher and Bianchi (1984)''h'as 6 closely allied genera and among which the genus Liza has 13 species and the genus Valamugil has 6 species. Such a multiplicity of species is said to be the result of a more rapid rate of speciation in tropical: waters than in temperate regions; and, in'many localities, groups of congeneric species as well as species of, several'^ genera contribute to a fishery, ranging from 3- 5 to 30>.--: 32 numbers. Apart frorn the presence of closely allied species and/or genera in the same locality, most of the species are observed to spawn in the same area and at the same time, Bensam (1981) has reported the spawning of quite ia* few J'" ' species of Clupeids and Engraulids at Cannanore.,; Tutieorin* and Porto Novo, during the same spawning season. In many cases, the spawning seasons appeared to be throughout the year, as evidenced by the occurrence of eggs, larvae-and juveniles, vide, Bal and Pradhan (1945, 1946, 1951 )vi—' Gopinath (1946), According to Qasim (1973), spawning of most marine teleosts. fishes in India is" pnifbtracted, usually beginning at the onset of monsoon rains along feoth-. the coasts. In the west coast of India, the south-west ' mohsobrt'rains commence from June-July and end up in September- October and in the east coast the north-east monsoon rains start from September-October and end up in November-December. a (J. c+ § CD X c+ Z ('-^N 0) Q) 3 rh H> O H (A CU O 3" o 6 H, ro H, 3 QJ M, O O rt H; < 3* 3* sQ O 3- O 3J rf- 3 C 3" c i-b 3" rt H- < o cu 3 O fD i-h < a- (D H fD O S CD H c c a 3 0) H- H r*- < CA < o CO H- H (l-l. Q. fD CD ct> ^ rt) 3 CO CD S CO a cr rl- C o < 3 -< O 3 fD O TJ a O o- (t) e+ ei- n 3 •• o 3- (-' 3 0) fD o o vQ fD CU O >• o 3 »• CA C H- "< H 0) 0) C c+ M H- (0 O fD H" fD O H- XT (D H S CD O CO O «• CA 3 3" QJ- a n cr H (n Q) oi; 3 cu TJ —» 3 >C rl- (D il* CU •^ 3 CU 3 CA o CO rt- H> .^ rt O o GJ N H r>* H 3 H" vO § H- fD a ffl C H N H rl- !-• fD o c ..A vO 3* CO •,, H) TJ H' H- 3- < HI aj -4 (0 3 • H' H H w CU Q> rl- »-• H o- c o S rt vO ro O TJ CA M (D o 3 0) Q> 3 o 3 o 3 e+ (A fD fD «• o 3* H ^ o H 0) Q) '^ o S a fD (0 H* ro H * (A O (0 CI 3 (A cj 3* O CD o H- c<- iQ Tl O (A 3 H* Q> CU ' H> fD 3 «D 3* -* 3" CU IQ 3 3 H- vQ O cr xa rl- cn 3 GJ O 3 O fsO fD 3 H> H* O 03 vO fO 3- CA rt a a H, a H- O * ON a H» o c<- H- H« rl- a rl- fD a H a •(+ o fD H •>^ 0) H* 3" v,^" (D H* o 3 H- 3 O Q) 3* fD 3* H, (fl (i) H- H < 3 o* H- o H Qj cr H TC 3- O CU H) 3 fD cu C fD (Q a !-• «Q O fD fD u> «• (A n QJ 3 CJ rt- H« »H a *£U 0> CU rl- 3 fD H* iQ 1 1^ H cu rt rt a H. 1 O 3 3- fD H> t+ Q> 0) 3- sQ} ?r 3 rl- TJ rt- *• rf O CU o 3 H CO TJ -< H 3 .MA H' IQ .rt H> CO a .© (0 <+ 3 CD H H» c • fO H C c 03 3* a < fD cu «0 NO rt fD CD !-• t-- I Q> <+ H o fl> 01 D. a a 3 w H O H- < TJ CO 3 H 0) H- <+ or fl> H H <+ H* •< en a o (A (A H- r*- fD OJ O 0) •o fD 3 0> fD TJ —k o *-»> fD CA H 3 H« <+ H> cr 01 fl) C O 0) rf rf- fD 3 or • o rl- 3 CA H- H- >< 3 o QJ QJ O Qj H« e+ H* fD e+ 3 I-" rt «a (30 —* rt- • H> fD TJ 3 3" < H- rt CD -^ to fD > 3- 3 cr 3" <-!. 3- O irl- a (D ON 3 a 3 fD a 3- cfr fD 3 a S fD 0) CA 3* ci- NO CA M CD 1- JD M O a o> a 0) fO r*- H« fD CD 3- O «• 3 fD ct- n> 0* CD H c+ o H- c*- H cu CD (A fD CU 0> H O H" 3 O v..^ H O CD a O ^_* H a> e+ (D 3* c¥ HI O (A fD H* <0 (A M l-» (A o O cr H, •• _A fD c < H- fD c H ocr C Q> 3" 3- O 3 H" O C rl- • 01 o c O NO iQ CD QJ 3 3 !-• TJ e+ CD c*- 1* O H> O < O fD 3* 1--. H- r*- H- rt H- .03 3- 1— 3 rt c a CU H> a t+ > S •< <+ ^ M 3* 3- • c M* fD Hs" O H' 3 H« H 3" 3 to H» O o H 3 D> Q> el­ © fD *< H- O 3 3 s' 3 o M H* ^ H- cn 3*. Q> «Q so < H« 3 C HJ rt KT rl- 3 3 QJ 3 0* c+ H- cu 9sr fD H- h- TJ fD H (A CU Q> < ff 0» a 3 OJ s*. ^.' H" (D rt rt H T3 CU o M> H c+ 3 Q> M a T3 iQ rl- H* O (D CD rt e*- -^ rt rt H H O H TJ (t) *< 3 3 «Q 3 H- 3 3 O fD H- H« o Oi 3 rt- Qi fD < NO rt < OJ CA fD © 0) H (A ffi H- • fD o 3 !-• a H, t- Q) O Q ?C T3 c: H* e*" ^» 3 •< CA CA H* 1— (6 H H) Q> !-»• .o 3 3 fD fD H- (A 1— TJ 3 CD rt- >-• QJ 3* O rl- 3 *< H- (D H 0) H» rt- H « o rl- CD {U T> cr CD H c r»- M QJ <-* C OJ rt- (0 (0 3" C fD CU 3* rl- « fD CA H < o 3" (A fD (0 c» 3 to CD fD 3 3* fD

References Bal, D.V. and L.B. Pradhan 1945 . First Progress Report on "Investigations on Fish Eggs and Fish Larvae from Bombay Waters, 1944^45". Govt, Central Press, Bombay. Bal, D.V. and L.B. Pradhan 1946 Second Progress Report on "Investigations on Fish Eggs and Fish Larvae from Bombay Waters, 1945-46", Govt, Central Press, Bombay^ Bal,, D.V. and L.B. Pradhan 1951 Occurrence of fish larvae and postlarvae in Bombay Waters during 1944-47. J. Univ. Bombay, new ser. 20 B? 1-15 , Bensam, P. 1968 The embryonic and early larval develop­ ment of the long finned herring, Opisthopterus tardobre (Cuvier). J. mar, biol. Ass. Iridia. 9t 76-83. Bensam, P. 1971 Notes en postlarval stages of the White sardine. Kowala coval (Cuvier) J. mar, biol. Ass, India. lit 251-254. -5- Bensam, P. 1981 Taxonomic problems in the identification of Clupeiform eggs and larvae in Indian Waters. Rapp. P. V. Reun. Cons, int. Explor. Mer. 178: 605-607. Bensam, P. (in press) Identification of the early develop­ mental stages of marine Osteichthyes in India - Present status and suggestions for future research, M B A I, Proc, Symp. trop. mar, living resour, (in press) Bhattacharya, D.H. Fauna of the Chilka Lake, Stages in . the life-history of Gobius.. Petroscirtes and Hemirhamphus. Mem. Indian Mus.^ 5 (4): 383-392, Delsman, H.C. 1922 through 1938 Fish eggs and larvae from the Java Sea, 1 through 24. Treubia, 2 through 16, Fischer, W. and G. Bianchi (Ed.) 1984 FAQ species Identification sheets for Fishery Purposes. Western Indian .Ocean. Vol.l-V. F A 0, Rome. Gopinath, K. 1946 Notes on the larval and postlarval stages of fishes found along the Trivandrum Coast, Proc. nat. Inst. Sci. India. 12 (1): 7-21. Jones, S, and P.M.G, Menon 1950 Spawning habits and develop­ ment ,of the Gangetic , Setipinna phasa (Hamilton). Curr, Sci.. 12 (1)j 25. Jones, S, and P.M.G. Menon 1952 Observations on the develop- meni; and systematics of the fishes of the genus Coilia Gray, J. Zool. Soc. India. 4 (1): 17-36, Qasim, S.Z. 1973 An appraisal' of the studies on maturation and spawning in marine teleosts from Indian Waters, Indian J. Fish.. 20 (l); 166-181. Russell, F.S. 1976 The eggs and planktonic stages of British marine fishes. Academic Press, New York. Talwar, P.K. and R.K. Kacker 1984 Commercial Seg Fishes of India. Zoological Survey of India, Calcutta, CMFRl/Sl/1989/Th.III (1)

NEED FOR A SOUND KNOWLEDGE ON THE ICHTHYOFAUNA OF THE LOCALITY. WHERE WORK IS TAKEN UP-SPAWNING SEASON AND SPAWNING GROUNDS

•By . ' . N.G. K. Pillai Scientist (Selection Grade) (Central Marinfi Fisheries Research Institute, Cochin)

For a study of the early developmental stages of marine fishes occurring in the locality where work is taken up, it is essential to acquire a sound knov/ledge on the various species occurring in that area. Thte Ramanathapuram District wherein Mandapam and the adjoining areas are located, has a coast-line of about 260 km covering the sea front of Gulf of Mannar and Palk Bay. These seas have lucrative fishing grounds with good concentration of finfishes, shellfishes, seaweeds and other organisms of economic importance. These are mainly exploited by indigenous crafts and gears in the nearshore waters extending to a depth of 10-15 m. With the technological advancement and establishment of infrastructure facilities, the annual marine fish production of the District increased from 30,000 tonnes to over 60,000 tonnes during the past one and half decades. -

A large variety of fishes constitute to the catches. The most important of these are: Silver bellies, elasmo- branche, croakers, clupeids, goat fishes, perches, cat fishes, lizard.fishes end carangids. the anrtual fish production by mechanised boats at Mandapam fluctuated between 2533 tonnes in 1980 and 721.' tonnes in 1984, the average catch being 5557 tonnes. Silver bellies (2692 t) accounted for 489^ of the catch followed by penaeid prawns (12%). Croakers and elasmobranches contributed to the tune of 270 and 240 t respectively, the percentage composition being 5 and 4^ of the total yield. Goat fishes, carangids, cgt fishes, flat fjshes, clupeids and other miscellaneous fishes together accounted for about 1700 t (30?^), The names of some of the oviparous bony fishes, the gear in which, they are caught, size at maturity, spawning season, etc. are as follows:- I. CLUPEIDAE 1 , Sardinella qibbosa

Gear : Gill net Peak period of occurrence : May-June Depth of occurrence Upto 15m Length range in commercial ! 100 - 180 mm fishery Size at first maturity : 120 mm Spawning season ; Jan-April 2, Sardinella albella

Gear i Gill net Peak period of occurrence : May-June Depth of occurrence : Upto 15m Length range' in commercial '. 100-165 mm fishery Size at first maturity : 115 mm Spawning season : Jan-April

II. LEIOGNATHIDAE (Silver bellies)

1. Leioqnathus jonesi Gear ! Trawl net/shore seine Peak period of occurrence : Throughout the year Depth of occurrence ; 5-20 m Length range in commercial : 35-95 mm fishery Size at first maturity : Males-70 mm Females - 65 mm -3- Spawning season s Throughout the year Leioqnathus brevirostris

Gear • Trawl net/Shore seine Peak period of occurrence •« Throughout the year Depth of occurrence • 12-15 m Length range in commercial • 45-95 mm fishery Size at first maturity • Male : 68 mm Female : 63 mm Spawning season s May-Jun and Oct-Nov. Leioqnathus dussumieri Gear : Trawl net/Shore seine/ Gillnet. Peak period of, occurrence s Throughout the year Depth of occurrence :,20-40 mm Length range in commercial ! 40-90 mm fishery Size at first maturity : Males s 78 mm Females : 83 mm Spawning - season• : Apr-May and Nov-Dec. 4. Leioqnathus berbis Gear Trawl net/Shore seine Peak period of occurrence Throughout the year Depth of occurrence 3-8 m Length range in commercial 60-90 mm fishery Size at first maturity Spawning season Leioqnathus equulus Gear : Trawl net/gillnet Peak period of occurrence : Throughout the year Depth of occurrence : 10-25 m . Length range in commercial : 125-200 mm fishery -4- Size at first maturity Spawning season ! Jan-Mar and May 6. Gfzza minuta Gear s Trawl net/Shore seine Peak period of occurrence : Throughout the year Depth of occurrence : 7-20 m Length range in commercial : 45-115 mm fishery Size at first maturity Spawning season : Jan-Apr and Aug-Dec.

7. Secutor ruconius Gear s Trawl net/Shore seine Peak period of occurrence : Throughout the year Depth of occurrence : 5-20 m Length range in commercial : 40-50 mm fishery Size at first maturity : 45 mm Spawning season : Oct-Dec. 8. Secutor insidiator Gear ; Trawl net/Gill net Peak period of occurrence ! Throughout the year Depth of occurrence : 7-20 m Length rangd in commercial : 15-85 mm fishery Size at first maturity : 70 mm Spawning season ! Oct-Feb. III. SCOMBRIDAE 1, Rastrelliqer kanagurta (Indian mackerel) Gear s Drift gill net/ « Shore seine Peak period of occurrence : Sep-Mar, Depth of occurrence i 5-18 m -5- Length range in commercial 5 220-240 mm fishery Size at maturity Spawning season : Jun-Jul and Jan-Mar,

IV. SERRANIDAE. SIG/^NIDAE. SCARIDAE AND LETHERINDAE (Perches) 1. Epinephelus tauvina Gear Trap/Hooks & line Peak period of occurrence Oct-Mar Depth of occurrence 10-30 m Length range in commercial 180-790 mm fishery Size at first maturity Spawning season Siqanus canaliculatus Gear Trap/Hooks & line Peak period of occurrence Oct-May Depth of occurrence 2-5 m Length range in commercial 150-300 mm fishery Size at first maturity Spawning season Lethrinus nebulosus Gear Traps/Gillnet/Hooks & line/Trawl net Peak period of occurrence Oct-Mar. • Depth of occurrence 10-30 m Length range in commercial 70-320 mm fishery Size at first maturity Spawning season -6- 4. Callyodon qhobban Gear : Traps/Hooks & line Peak period of occurrence : Nov-May Depth of occurrence : 2-5 m Length range in commercial s 150-300 mm fishery Size at first maturity Spawning season

A list of the more dominent bony fishes of Mandapam area is given belows-

Group names/Scientific names Common name

SHADS, SPRATS AND SARDINES Dussumieria acuta : Rainbow cardine Hilsa ilisha : Indian shad Pellona ditchella : Indian pellona Sardinella qjbbosa : Gold striped sardine S. albella : Short body sardine

ANCHOVIES Stolephorus bataviensis Batavian anchovy S. devisi Devisi anchovy S, commersonii S. indicus Indian anchovy Thryssa mystax T. dussumieri

WOLF HERRING Chirocentrus dorab : Dorab wolf herring C. nudus ! White fin wolf herring

MILK FISH Chanos chanos 5 Milk fish -7- LIZARD FISHES Saurida tumbil : Greater lizar«i fish S, undosquamis : Brush tooth lizard fish

CAT FISHES Tachysurus thalassinus T, dussumieri T. serratus liALF BEAKS

Hemirhamphus spp,

FLYING FISHES

Cypselurus sp.

FLUTEMOUTHS

Fistularia villosa

SQUIRREL FISH

Holocentrus rubrunV; Red squirrel "fish H. sammara Blood spot squirrel fish

MULLETS Muqil cephalus Flat headed grey mullet Valamuqil seheli Blue spot grey mullet Liza parasia Gold spot mullet L. macrolepis Borneo mullet

THREADFINS Polynemus indjcus Indian thread fin P. sexfilis Golden six-thread threadfin P. heptadactylus Seven-finger threadfin P. sextarius Black-spot threadfin -8- SEA.'l PERCHES jftt^jj|j|>ssis cofnmersoni Giant sea perch Lates calcarjfer Epinephelus tauvina Greasy reef cod E. diacapthus Six-barred reef cod E. fasciatus Bonded reef cod E, malabaricus Malabar reef'cod

WHITINGS Sillaqo sjhcma Silver whitinq

WHlTEFISH Lactarj,us lactarius White fish

CARANGIDS Caranqoides malabaricus Malabar trevally Atol mate One finlet scad Selaroides leptclepis Garanx sexfasciatus Dusky trevally C, jgnobllis Yellowfin trevally BLACK POMFRETS Formio niqer Black pomfret SNAPPERS Lutjanus arqentimaculatus L. fulviflamma L. johni L. kasmira L. malabaricus L. russelli Pristipomoides typus -9- SILVER BELLIES Ga zza achlamys Le ioqnathus berbis L. bindus L. brevirostris daura L. dussumieri equulus L. fasciatus ionesi L. leuciscus L. lineolatus L. splendens •Secuto r insidiator s. rucconius

MOJARRAS Gerros filamentosus G. setifer , CPCAKERS Johnieops sjna Sin croaker Johnius carutta Karutta croaker J, dussumieri Bearded croaker J. maculatus Kathala axillaris Otolithes argentius Otolithoides microdon EMPEROR BREy^MS Lethrinus nebulosus Starry emperror bream L. ornatus Ornate emperor bream

GOAT FISHES Parupeneus indicus Indian goat fish Upeneus traqula y. sulphureus Yellow goatfish U. vittatus Yellow-striped goatfish -10 CORAL FISHES AND / GEL FISHES Choetcdon spp. Pomacanthodes spp.

PARROT FISHES Callyodon qhobban Flame parrot fish C. scaber Five band parrot fish SPINE FOOTS Siqanus canaliculatus Estuarine spinefoot S, javis Streaked spinefoot §.' cramin White-spotted spinefoot S. Stellatus Blotched spinefo$)t

MOORISH IDOL Zanclus cornutus

RIBBON FISHES savala Trichiurus lepturus

MACKEREL AND SEERFISHES Rastrelliqer kanaqurta_ Indian mackerel Scomberomorus commerson Narrow barred seerfish S, quttatus Indc-Pacific seerfish S;. lineolatus Streaked seerfish

SAIL FISHES Istiophorus platypterus Sailfish Makaira jndica Black marlin

SWORD FISHES Xiphias qladlus Swordfish -11- POMFRETS Pampus arqenteus . Silver pomfret P. chinensis Chinese pomfret FLAT FISHES Psettodes erumei Indian halibut Cynoqlossus bilneatus C. dubius C. macrostomus

References

Dharmaraja, S.K., et. al, 1987 An appraisal of the marine fisheries of Tamilnadu and Pondicherry, Cent. Mar. Fish. Res^ Inst.. Spl. Pub. No,34.

Livingston, P., M. Sivadas and M. Badrudeen 1988 Marine'Fish Calendar XII. Mandapam. Mar.Fish Infn. Serv., T. & 1 Ser., No.90.

Rao, K.V., 1968 Distribution pattern of the major exploited marine resources of India. CMFRI, Proc. Symp. Living resour. seas around India; 18-101. I I A •'' , II S ;'" -1,1, ii

CMFRl/Sl/1989/Th. Ill (2)

MORPHOMETRIG AND MERISTIC CHARACTERS OF FISHES mmmmtmmmimtmmmmmmmmtmmmmmmtmmmmmmmmmmmmmammmmmmmmammmmmmmmmmmmmm/mmmmKmmmmmm^

A.A. Jayaprakash Scientist (Selection Grade)

(Central Marine Fisheries Research Institute. Cochin)

Introduction

Doth from the taxonomic as well as the management point of view, a correct identification of marine fishes is important. The 'Folk taxonomies* that developed in ^arlier times contained 250 to 800 kinds of . The invention of printing in the fifteenth century and world explorations have made: expansion of both possible and inevitable^ A number of attempts to classify animals were made, but were limited in scope until Linnaeus intro* duced the binomial nomenclature in the eighteenth century. He has recognised species as the basic unit in nature. This meant that it is necessary to describe only one i individual to know of an entire species. But later Linnaeus and his successors have encountered natural variation within each species and they were forced to recognise 'varieties'. The scientific names based on binomial nomenclature provide names that are recognised all over the world. Each name has two parts? the genus name which is always capitalised and the trivial name br the species epithet which is not capitalised. The two names together constitute a species name.

Continuing the effort to catalog all kinds of animals, taxonomists are concerned not only with the description of new forms but also with the placing of.each form within a taxonomic system that shows its relationship to other forms. H, Q. rt- CO M <* CO n cu cu H) O s' H t3 H H OJ < en­ !-• n T5 H) c H- 0 iQ M H- H- 3" o 3- o OJ CO 3 H- H> o CD OJ sCD 3* 3" 3 QJ QJ •< 3* 3 en­ CD 3 c CD CO s- n n (n H 3* CO o W 3- .Qj a H rt- H- CO H- .CO 0 0 CO 3 0 0 CD lO H- O O ,iQ t-" (D 3 o c+ CO CD '. 3* o CD CO CD a QJ Q>. CD •-1 »-' H- 4 l-J < 0) ct- H CD H • Hi cu t+ H H, Q a H <+ QJ a e+, 01 0 0 CO en­ cQ QJ H- , • H' O (A Q) CU 3 a> H« H» 3 c 3 H* H- H- 0 (D rt- «+ tQ (-> C > s' CD CO TJ a O S c+ H c+ a 3 CD CO sCD CO o CO O 3 Cl J3 0 0 •< 0 0 CD 3 H* 3- c 3 c+ O H' CD in 3" 0) a CO 3* QJ c+ c+ V 0 c Q> 0 H iQ 3* 3 (0 3 H- n* H 0) 3* H» o H' CD ht 0) CO H H« O t-< DJ QJ 3 (-• •< rt- •< 0 > H H- 0 H* rr CO C 3 a H cr H- c H- < m o C H c+ OJ • CO 0 « < a 3 CJ M QJ CO c 0) O H> CO O a a H« CO H O CD • c a CD CD !-' a QJ (0 H- «* QJ H- (0 3 H> H- 01 C rt> o r* o H- 3 CD •< H- GJ CO iQ H H 3 H H' Qj a- CO H Q) H CD 3 H- "O 3 S H- 7i r*- • • iQ 0 CO Co c+ c CD H' 3 QJ iQ •< H 3 a> 3- ro M €+ CO 3 CD O H cQ CD S CO aj CO QJ 0 H- QJ T3 0 CD !-• CD •a CD o (0 t-* 3- Q) (Q £U ^a O Q) o o H « —A rh < CO rt- "O IQ a en- 1. 3 0 H* N H, O o •<: CD »-•_ . rf CO X cr H- CO H M >< • 3- CD 3" 0 M H QJ 7C CD •a CO IQ TD X H- H> 3 CO 3- c Q> 3- C O a> O W S CD t-« 0 CD 3 CD QJ H, X H* H c 0 H 2r c CO 1— a- CD H» * H CO or CD H 3- <+ rt- • 0 H QJ Hi 3 TJ H- 0 3 Q) I-" (-• 0 o 0) 3- OJ •< X t* CD r+ H- (0 O H- -< H CD iQ C^ 3 CO s- CD 3 -^ 5 T3 a CD H" 0 0 3 H- I-" 0 5* a H- en- en- "O CO CO a c c+ CD 3- CD ci- H c+ 3 CO H> 0 c •S" QJ M CO • 0 3 H- 3 3 X H) CO c CD t+ CO CO CD 0) CO H' O O (D H- CD en- 0 3 0) en- 0z CO Q) H- O O O H- c ra l-J T5 • H • o O • 3 c+ 3 en­ CD H a a CO H> >*-• 3 3 i H c+ 3 H- a CD f+ n f+ 3 H« H ^ s' QJ H 0 H' 3 sM Q) «• a en- ro 3 u 3 3* CD 3* o CD O H? CD 3 0 CO CO QJ 0 3 0 1 H- M O H> CO 3 O iQ t+ o <+ 3 a- CD M 0 0 C 3" H H 0 S •; . !-• 0 0 T5 to (0 M c+ H> rl- H CD o 3 c*- 3* 3 H* QJ CD M" 0 cr m • H* TJ H 0 c CJ sQ) »< O H CO ..3' o T3 S 3 S e+ o CD 3* QJ e+ 0 3 3 cr zr CD H iD C t7 •0 H 3 •< O Q> en­ ^ Qj 3" H- CO CD H or OJ H 3* a IQ c CD 3: CO f- 3' c O: CO c+ 3 e+ O s' 3 O a H- H O QJ CO 0 DJ 0 en­ en- 3 QJ 0 ^ QJ 0 (-• 3 H- 3* T3 H' 3* CD t« 3 CD O H« •a H C M 0 H, •0 OJ s' H- H- cr a cn- »-• OJ (D CO •a CD Q) O CJ CD a- CD M 3 (0 • 3" ^QJ H a en- CD 3 CD 0 CO H-- en d. H- 0 cn- 3 H H « 3 O 3 o t+ •< CO c+ O O CD CD a H QJ 3 3 en- CD H 0 0 H- c+ cu o CO H- iQ Q> ID H H- H C+- 3 DJ H QJ 3 e+ <• H a 3 H- 0 CO »-• •D 03 CO e+ CD c: H- c+ H- c o O CD CO CD 3 H* rt- H- 0 en­ •<: rt- CD CO 0 3 (0 O 3 o O a rr 0) O CO H) CO H 3 a CO Qj c+ 3 s' "O ^ 0 H QJ CO % o H rt> 3 n> Q> ?r CD o H" H- irt- , cn- • CO •<: CD QJ *• H- M rr e+ CO cn CO M o CD 3 a en­ 3- CO CO CO 3 H- • f-" CQ a '3 H-< .—s H- 3 H- CO c+ H) 3 CD s' CJ" £+ CO 0 0 ^- a CD H "O 'rt- •< CO (-• o O H- Q> Q) c+ "O -— CU.. CO H cu H- QJ CO CO 0 0 CD 3 QJ ', • s* 'Q C ro C+- 3 N H 3 3" CD M -> CO C«D+ QJ 3 O 3 s c 3 Tl H 0 (D g •< I - a cr H- 3* 0 CD a CD a QJ 3 c o S C^ a CO a rt- QJ H) T! 0 (0 3 rt- »-• H' < O H' Q» c H H 3- 3" rt- ^ CD H H) H* H e+ H« H' c TJ.h" H> CO H- H) DJ 3 t-J H> 3 O £U CD 3 o T5 rt- a H- 3 cu a H- O CD 3 H- >-• H • 4:^ QJ 3- 0 X 3 0 »-' CO H> 0 CD CD U) 3 a a CO »— CO H, CD ja CD CO • <+ 3 H- H- 0 3 0 « 0 CD H- H r> (-• Q) a> r* 3" CD c+ H- 3 c H- H« 3 CD 3 &) < in H c+ CD CD H" 3 £U CO CD CO i+ CD O H 0 0 - JQ T5 3 C e+ CD ^ cr 3 0 CO 3 CD H, o (-• o cr 3 iQ 0) H> 3* CO H CD 0 CO C 0 e+ f-" 3 CD Q) • ^ e+ CO o 3 H* X ro iQ H 3 H- H' CO 1— <• CD H C+- Q) en* QJ 3- rt- *• H tQ ** c+ c+ O a 3 CO Q) 3 TS 0 CO cf- CO H- 3 H' 3 QJ H- CO Hj 1 <+ • • 3" S C H 0) c to QJ 0> 1 0 0 < 0 QJ T3 H CO CsD • CO o CD H, H • 3 3 3 a 3 3 CD 0 CD en­ en- 3 QJ 0 3- o U3 0 3 3 3 • TJ a H- o CD H- CO 3 • •-3- • describing fish species may be of limited, usefulness*.

Three overall length measurements in common use are 1. Standard length, 2. Fork length and 3, Total length. The latter two measurements are more commonly used in fishery biology. Overall length measurements are made between perpendiculars along the median longitudinal axis from snout (U, the position of the maxillary symphysis) or from the tip of the lower jaw (L, the mandibular symphysis), vide Fig. 3.2.1. Measurements from L are taken with the mouth closed. If the lower jaw is projecting, measurements from the symplysis may necessitate provision of a special stepped nose piece on the measuring board. Generally measurements are made on the left side of the fish, with the right side of the fish resting on the measuring board. For definitions of positions, reference may be made to the next section. 1. Standard Lengths Taken from U to the tip of the hypural bone (urostyle). This varies from species to species. 2. Fork Lengths Measured from U or L to the cartilaginous;: tip of shortest or median caudal ray. 3. Total Lengths Measured-from U or L to the longest caudal fin ray, upper or lower, or an average of them both. Longitudinal measurements other than overall length are also made between perpendiculars using measuring board with, for example a sliding cursor. When these are made radially from point U, calipers are recommended. Point- to-point measurements are sometimes made on big fishes such as tunas by tapes. These would be indicated by the word 'Surface' as these are not generally recommended. All measurements from LX to LM and also their 'upper' equivalents are grouped under the general name 'total length' LT, LM has been called 'bilobular length' and total 'auxiliary length'. The word 'Extreme' is used in LX, _4- LX' instead of 'maximum length to avoid confusion with tl ^.'asymp­ totic length. LF anU LF' are also .called 'median' length or 'midcaudal' length. The term 'depth' is used instead of 'height'. Again the term 'width' is not recommended as an alternative to 'breadth' but 'thickness' would be an ideal term. Pectoral and ventral fins are to be measured in the folded position opposed to the body side (to keep the rays straight) from foremost visible point of insertion to the distal tip of the membranous edge. Definitions of posixion U Maxillary symphysis. L Mandibular symphysis, 00 Anterior edge of orbit. 0' , Posterior edge of orbit. J Posterior edge of mandible (buccal commissure). Y Gill-cover notch. G Posterior bony edge of operculam. G' Posterior membranous edge of gill cover. P Anterior point of insertion of the first pectoral fin ray. D1 Insertion of anterior dorsal (intersection of anterior margin of first dorsal spine, fin held erect with the contour of the back). D1' Position of last ray of anterior dorsal, D2 Insertion of first ray of posterior dorsal, D2' Position of last ray of posterior dorsal. Z Anterior edge of cloaca. A Insertion of first anal fin ray. A' Position of last anal fin ray, B . Insertion of dorsal lobe of caudal fin. S Posterior tip of urostyle (forward protuberance of hypural blade). S' Posterior edge of fleshy peduncle or of pigmented zone. S'' Point of upper caudal keel, S''' Posterior limit of silvering (either last scale of the lateral line or the posterior zone limit of the scale covered by the peduncle). F Cartilaginous tip of shortest (median), caudal r^y. F' Membranous edge of caudal fin at fork, N Distal tip of-the longest caudal fin ray with lobe normally extended, N' Distal tip^ of the longest ventral fin ray with lobe normally extended. M Point where line NN' intersects median longitudinal axis. M' Mid.point of line NN', X Distal tip of longest dorsal caudal fin ray, with the lobe brought to the median longitudinal axis,. X' Distal tip''^of the longest ventral caudal fin ray, v;ith the lobe brought to the median longitudinal axis. Overall length measurements; LT and UT total length (any extreme or normal length), LX Dorsal extreme length, LX' Ventral extreme length, LX'' Greater extreme length (LX or LX', whichever is greater. LN Dorsal normal length, LN' Ventral normal length, LN'' Greater normal length (LN or LN', whichever is greater, LM Median normal length, LM' Mean normal length. LF Midcaudal length. LF' Fork length. LS Standard length to urostyle (or to some external feature corresponding with it), LS' Standard length to peduncle (or to the pigment under scales). LS'' Standard length to keel. -6- LS''' Standard length to silvering. LB (Dorsal) Body length. Other longitudinal measurements UJ Maxillary sheath length, LJ» Mandibular length. UO Snout length. UY Upper head length. LG Opercular head length, Lg Greatest head length. 00' Orbital diameter. Id * Longitudinal iris diameter (cf, Ih and Ig), Ed Longitudinal pupil diameter (cf, Eh and Eg). O'Y Postorbital distance. UD1 Proanterior dorsal distance. UP Prepectoral distance. UV Preventral distance, UD2 Preposterior dorsal distance, D1D1' Anterior dorsal fin base length* D2D2' Posterior dorsal fin base length, UA Preanal distance, AA' Anal fin base length. Vertical measurements (Perpendicular unless otherwise stated) ' . Oh Orbital depth (from orbital crest to lower edge of maxillary, passing over middle of pupil), Ih Perpendicular iris diameter. Eh Perpendicular pupil diameter. YJ« Head length. DIP Back depth (oblique). D1V Anterior dorsal depth (or dorsoventral depth), h Greatest depth, D2Z Posterior dorsal depth. D2A Dorsoanal depth (slightly oblique), h' Perpendicular anal depth, q (Least) peduncle depth. -7- Lateral measurements

PP ^ ;^,Pe.G:tbrai\breadth... ' ' •b V1 • • • Greatest, brea^dth..: ' •:.••:. dc5 .„ ' Interorbitaldistance (at level 6f pupil centre) Qtiier mea-suremehts . Dllf Anterior dorsal height distance from insertion to tip of., longest spine). D2h Posterior dcrsal height (distance from insertion ,to tip of longest spine). Ph Pectoral.fin length. Vh Ventral; fin length. v^h /inal fin height. , - Ch ^ Dorsal caudal fin length. • Ch • Ventral caudal fin length. Ch" Greater caudal fin length, • ig Greatest iris diameter. ' Eg Greatest pupil diameter. g Greatest girth.• w Length of interventral flap. ' Spread caudal distance. Skeletal dimensions Ax Axial length (anterior face of vertebra 1 to tip of urostyle).. - Sk Skull length (maxillary symphysis to posterior occipital boundary). " An Anatomical length ( =? Ax + Sk).

Meristjc counts - -r These counts are generally considered to be the most tellable taxonomic characteristics because most are easy to make and reliable. It includes anything on a fish that can be counted, such as the number of vertebrae, fin rays, spines, scale rows, pyloric caecae, lateral line c+ -I O Hj O o H- (0 cr H" H" s (U N Hi H- 3 CO Q} 3 CO cr rt- H- "D Z O CD 3 CO O CO O 3" o H- o rt- CO T3 CO C H 3 3 H 3 CD €*• QJ < 3* fD T5 CU H- cu H O cu €+ H« 3- o fD o T3 QJ 3 H- Hi cr •a O cr o fD ^-' rr H> O ro H fD M fD ^Q fD (0 3* rt- T3 c rt- CU .3 N H' O H- ?r CO O CD QJ H (D H- 3 fD 0) H* 3 (0 CU O !-• CO H CO •D 3* O n CO 3 • •< fD H • H H H H CD CO (D H H> H t-' H* fD CO fD H* fD •o fD H' <• CO e*- CO a 3 H fD O CO O ** 3 0) O cu 3* a iQ 0) fD H" O CO 3* H- CO « C CD H- 3" OJ a QJ O ^ O OJ t+ •a 0) H" O iQ c¥ CO CD Hi 3 3 fD fn 3 3 o 3 •< fD 3 M T3 > 3 3 3 3 •.•^ t-- c+ a QJ a a fD 3 CD a 0) CO H» 3 • t+ H- 3" O TJ c^- H- lO a. ^ H- CO »o O M c+ «+ e+ o 3 CO H» c+ fD cQ < o O ^Q cr H' cr p. rt- H- H 0) Q) •<: S O H- o H- H- «+ e+ CO C CO Q> e*- H' fD c e^ H c¥ 3 QJ QJ a rt- fD 3 a CD •0 C H* c+ Q Q. 3 3- d- H zr JC CO CO CO 3" rt- 3* CD O H- 3- a H- CD CO H- a H- c+ 0) H cu cr a> Hs' H' Q>- H, < fD fD fD CD a < ?r CO a H' CO H •« D 0) 3 3" I--. 3 a- c+ o (t> 3* •o H- f:> 3 e*- fD < CO rt- fD a O G H- 3 CO 3* fD a 3 »-• H- < C H) c 5T H* 3- (0 H- b CO fD CO H- •o 3* a CO CD 0 1-" fD H c T3 fD 3 H fD QJ -< o H- H* H- H < ro a(0 rh ro 3 O H- o 3 O O O O 3 0) rt- fD !-• CO O 3 Q> H ?r Hi O 13 3 CO t+ QJ e*- "O 3 ei- H" H o O c: »• o rt- QJ QJ a QJ CL H) H' n o O rt> V CO H- 3 (D H H H H 3 S o Hi Hi Hi !-• rt- 3 H- U) D) O cu 3 C O c+ 3 H- IQ H- 3 rt- CU Q> CO o fO 3 c H- QJ H' ci- rt- H- a 1 3 H- (-• 3 <: 3 H- H> nf 3" H* H- fD cQ <+ 3 O 3 M ^ H 3 3 3 CO rt- c+ Hi 3- O O 00 iQ 0) Q. fD e+ O a Q) O ct-' o CD c o !-"• a ?r Q, CD o 3- 3" H- QJ 3 iQ 1 *"—^ H O fD H CD H H- O O 3 CO Hi 3 3 -o O rt- CD O rt- H 3 CU H H' fD H> ^ rt- n fD H »1> H" rt- H- H- 3 3- Q» H- M T5 3- cr •o O 3 a o fD CO CO «« Hi rt- rt- H H O O rt- H- O CO < , CO fD eir !V 3 M O cu a o CT Qi c+ T5 H- !-• • rt- a> C 3- 3* O < < H '•^ 3 fD ^^ • 3- CD H 3 e+ o o H 0) O 0) (D CU H« 3* fD 3 0 fD rt- O H- H- 3 CO QJ H Hi CD rt- QJ 3 H' CD < 3- «+ H c+ 3 fD a < O fD c a rt- CO • ef H' +J- eir 3* jr < H» fD o fD a. Qi (+ H- n ^ CO fD fD rt- < rt- O CO fD or S X3 fD * CO H 3" fD CD Q) 3s" 3 W H fD O O o C CD CO 3 H- fD C c*- CO fD 3 H- H- cr ;• 3- fD CO H H H* Q) « H- H- CD H -CD 3 fD CO H- O t-* Cft fD o QJ 3 CO CO rt- CO H rt- 3 H- 3 O •< QJ o a 3" rt- O QJ CO fD O • O 3- ^-r' cr Ci- • H' 3" H- 3- fD fD O CO fD H« 3 CO e*- Q) H- fO fD QJ o O c H ja H o O 3 H- cr ro H e+ • cr 3 e+ e^ C Hi e^ ei- H» 3 c 3" QJ CD fD fD Hi < rt- H H- o en a -< ch 3- < H» o CO la CD m H' cu 3" M a O H co CJ 3 c+ CO O O T( (D H" CO t+ H H < 3 ci­ QJ' 3 3- CU 3 H' QJ o r> 3- o o 3 o CU a O fD ta Q) CO CD • H- a 3 H l-> fD a 3 H* o QJ rt- o fD C3 3 CD H CO c «< Q) c <+ C a» cu O < 0) 0) '< O T3 rt- 3 a O rr a fD H rt- fD a H 3 fD ya I-' Q- CO Q) fD rt- (-' 3 H < e+ • QJ H H' QJ H« 3* Hi CO Q) cr H- 3 H la fD o H, CO H- M CO fD o H- 3- Hi O cu H' 3 QJ 0) a CO fD 0) cr W CO H 3 •a fD cu 3 CO H rt- C o H M a H H fD a JQ H- CD c+ 3 n a M £+ CU 0) fD H ci- C CO l-i fD 3- c\- Q) ' •< C O C o H* fi) CU H- a 3 V CO o CO H CU rt- CO c^ fD rt- CO OJ CO H- H o H < h- o a> H- c+ o Si fD c*- O H- QJ fD 3* lO 3* 3 O e*- rt- £0 rt) h-" c+ M^ H' (-• 3 c+ Hi 3- o d- H C 3* o 3 fD H« e¥ fD a QJ fD « <" o H- a 3 H- Q) < 3* cr 3 •H* «« 3 O fD O CO T3 fD fD CU 3 3 I-- CD CD (D a. rt- 3 a 3 CU H CO iQ CO & CO H 3 fD a • H m 1 1 CO a -9- the vertebrae may be grouped, but their number varies from fishes to fishes. The total number, number of ver;tebrae showing common features, their range and mean are important. j Some general features are as follows (Fig.3.2.2)-;

I -• ' ' ' • ' 1. The post cranial vertebrae bear stout neural arches and spines. I . 2, The mesabdominals' follow the post cranlals, bear ribs, I but do not possess haemal arches,

I ' .•.''••• • i 3. The posterio-abdominals have closed haemal arches and I bear ribs. . • . ! 4, The anterio-caudals greatly resemble the posteirio-

t •'•"•. ••'• I abdominals except that "they have lost the ribs and } have developed haemal spines* . 5, In the tail segment the Vertebrae have their neural and • haemal spines entering into the support of the caudal fin, 6, The hypural complex is almost symmetrical and fan like, receiving the rays of the caudal fin. The rays of the caudal fin are supported by altered vertebral elements (penultimate hypurals, epurals, urostyle).

The number and characters in each of these divisions in the vertebral column may be compared to arrive at meaningful conclusion^. Anatomical characteristics , These include features such as shape, completeness I and position of the lateral line, position and size of the • internal•organs, special anatomical features (such as air bladder, air' breathing apparatus, electric organs, otoliths, •arrangement of the musculature etc.,), secondary sexual characters (breeding tubercles in males, enlarged fin rays, etc.,), shape size and interrelationship of bones and muscles. -10- Most of these are "yes" or "no" characters, either a fish has them or it does not have. These can be definitive characteristics for separating species as well as higher taxa. Colour pattejns Colour patterns are quite variable with age, time or environment. These are part of the species description and are species-specific. The main problem in using colour pattern as a taxonomic tool is that it tends to fade in preservatives and descriptions of living fish tend to be highly subjective. Karyotype These are descriptions of the number and morphology .of chromosomes. The number and position of chromosomes are conservative characters and so may be used as an indicator of the closeness of species interrelationship within families. Electrophoresis This technique of evaluating the protein similarities in fishes could be used as a taxonomic tool. The protein can be identified and genetic similarity of individuals and •species can be compared, Taxonomic tools in racial investigations A combination of all or some of these taxonomic methods have been used for racial investigations from time to time with interesting and at times -with negative results. These studies are important in fishery biology for evolving suitable management policies for judicious exploitation of the resources, among which the identi­ fication of the eggs and larvae to the species to which they belong is one important aspect. -11- . References

Holden, M.J., and D.F.S. Raitt, (Ed.) 1974, Manual of fisheries science. Part -2. Methods of resource investigation and their application. . FAO Fisheries technical Paper No. 115 (Rev.l), Lagler, K.F., J.E. Bardach and R.R. Miller 1962. Ichthyology. John Wiley and Sons, Inc., New York - London, pp 415-428. Marr, J.C, and M.D. Schaefor 1949. Definitions of body dimensions used in describing tunas. U.S. Fish & Wildl. Serv. Fish. Dull. 47? 241-244. Moyle, P.B., and J.J. Cech.Jr. 1982. Fishes: An Introduction ta Ichthyology. Prentice - Hall, Inc., Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey. i CMFRl/Sl/1989/Th. Ill (3) t • ' * l - DEVELOPMENT OF OCCYTES TO MATURITY AND SPAWNING

I ' By •• , ; , ^ , 1 P. Jayasankar

I • • - • ' • • • i Scientist

' '•••',• " ' • (Central Marine Fisheries Research Institute* Cochin)

;j Spawning in fishes is closely associated with the ;! development of intra-ovarian eggs. Measurements of diameters I of intra-ovarian eggs have been found to be an useful tool j in studying the development of oocytes to maturity and I spawning. An attempt to study the maturity by the measure- j ments of ova was first made by Clark (1934) on the California i sardine (Sardina caerulea). Her pioneering work was followed ij by those of Hickling and Rutenberg (1936) and De Jong (1939). j • • • . • . jl The method proposed by the above workers is essentially as follows: Ovaries are fixed in 5% formaldehyde and a ' small portion of the ovary is teased out on a slide in the same medium and measurements of all the ova.in^ tJni field of the microscope are made, until about 500 ova are measured. i In case the eggs appear asymmetrical due to preservation, I the micrometer may be placed in horizontal position and the I diameters are measured parallel to the graduations on the • micrometer. Ovaries after fixing in Douin's solution, .; may be- cut in rotary Bicrotome and the diameter of the ;i oocytes in the sections could also be measured. Prabhu I (1956) suggests that measurements of at least 1000 eggs ! from each ovary are necessary to mitigate the probable error in the representation of various groups of eggs in different stages of maturity and represented by various modes in the graphs. Normally the first batch of immature eggs are avoided in the measurements. The intra-ovarian eggs vSry not only in their size but also in their inclusions in ovaries, which are fully y :•'•::••'-• \ . -2- ripe or in the penultimate stage of ripeness * There are several batches of oocytes which take their origin from the germ cells of the ovigerous lamellae and, as the spawning process continues every season, these batches pass on from one stage to the other. An examination of the ovary in the penultimate stage bf development shows chiefly the following foyr types of ovas f\ieDQ^^ minute trans- . parent ova possessing a nucleus and a protoplasmic layer, (2) Maturing, ova: small, opaque ova in which yolk fonafiatioft has just commenced, but not completed, (3) Mature ova: Opaque ovaj fully yolked, but still contained within the follicle. (4) Ripe ova; Large fully ot partially transpat^nt ova which have butst out from the follicles. Ovarian maturity stages are determined based on the predominance of the above mentioned types of develo^sient • Histologically, oocyte development could be broadly classified into a primary growth phase, a secondary growth phase arid a final maturation to be followed by ovulation and spawning*, (1) Primarv growth phase; The immature oocytes, known as the oogonia, are seen multiplicating by mitosis in the stroma of the ovigerous folds. The oogonia are transformed to the primary oocytes by ariresting the chromosomes at the prophase of the first meiotic division> this process is known as oogenesis. In the oogonia, the nucleo-cytoplasmic ratio is high, but as th6 growth progresses, this ratio decreases. Highly spiralized lamp«*brush chromosomes are usually seen in the nucleus of the primary oocyte. Nucleoli multiply and arrange along the periphery of the nucleus, cg^ed peri>»nucil€(Olar stage. The follicular CJ to et O M (n O O Q) H- a: s 3 o* O C >^ .-^ 3- rt- rt- rt^ Tl o o *< c+ 3 O o e*' «< cn TJ 5 O < l-l et- O o 3 3 *< H« Q> o o CO O 3 CD 3" 3- 3* H- o H> o 3* 0) H» o 3* O CD H CU 0) « 01 o 3 a a rt- rt- o Q> CD CD C H CD CD CO 3 3 M CD 4 H O 1— O H* »— c+ w < O O H 3" C o ISfciv. a H o Q) CU (0 CO ?r H- rt- et- ?r o 3 «-• 3" CU © H- o o O CU H 3 ^^ 3 t-- h- (0 O H M H» CD Hi 3 3" H- <» 3 CU (D 0) O (0 < ro 3 < H o rt- T) o; H- CO tu H« CD a CD 3" CD a O Hi O CD CD O CD cr a H H" ci- Q> (0 H- c 3* •< H« CD rt- 3 o CO 3 C CD O 4 (0 3 CD o H- H Qi O o D> *< CO a- S O H- H c+ !-• CO c^\ O M H- lO CD CU CO a o O S CU H 3 t— 3 H» O M o a H O CD • 3 H- Q) 0) 0) •p: 3 (U O 3 Q) «-• V^' 3 3 3 rt- CU a I-' H» O 3 H- < »Q rt- a 1- W rt- O H 3 rt- •o *o 3 H* n 3 cr a o C cr sy o CO O CU a CD H 3' ^ M O c CD c+ H- H .'&' H- H« 3 CD < CU *< (0 nc*- H »-• H rt- H> 3* •< f- CU CO Q O H- a* w O CD Jo 3 O H' O H- CD 3 3 o H' 0) •< •< 3* rt- < H H ^ 3 O £U 3 45>. O § 3 (0 ,;,(-' 3 H O 3 CO a CU (D 3 • o ct- CD •< O CD CD *< H- O rt- CU CO a QJ < H- CD' CO CD CD H» a H' H" Q> 3 H* CU O o o • O 3 S 3- CU < <+ c C rt- CU 3 § o iQ 3 0) H« o cr •a o >- O 3 H CD M o M «Q rt- 3 H- c+ H- O c+ f-- 3* H rt- o 3 iQ CU CO >< o H- -< CO ei- O 3 a o 3 9C •< H« N (0 3- TJ a c+ 3- Qi 3" Q> o • CD H H* a> Hi •• § rt- e* O Q CD 3- •< (0 PC -J O e+ 3 O «• •< 3 M €+ rt- H" O n ' H) rt- H« lO CD H* 3 « X2 O CU »- •-»• H (D D. o CO iQ ? CO *—>. iQ 3 CO (0 a s<+ CD 3 TJ o rt- I-' H H f 3" a H» o "V H* CD 01 • w 3* CD CU CO CO O H a C+- '-• c T3 rt- CD o O - 3 3 H- •< CD ci- CU H, fT H" Q> H* rt- CO 3 n £U O •-• H O €+ 3" CD •• ~n T> H OT 3 fl) <^ «+ rt- a .<+• CD rt- O H 3 a CO M CO *< H- D) "C CO n CD 3* TJ 3* CU "~" H X : c+ CO p O H- (D f- CO CD CO Q> C o o CO H- (0 H »-• CD !-• CO fD H* CD (0 H* c^O o •• < O ^ - O 3 -• O ct- 3 1— o € O 3 O t3 • H« Q) • 01 CD H- CD CO > . 3 1 o. O c+ 3 rt- •.3 3 (D CO CO o H 3- Q) 3 •• T5 CO •<: c iQ • O ^ 3 3 H 0> rt- T5 Oo 3 1 vD C O GJ QJ CD O O ' H' •< t-" £U rt- o rt- H o M W ?s cn a o a> 3* CD CD OJ 3. o t— CO H 3 <0 Q) CD H 4 CD H H* Q» CD ct- CU H- Q. rt- su -a Z CD CU 3 ^ fD o !-• CO O H H CO CD CD O rt- 33 CD o »-• N C et- CD H TJ o H wo rt- ^« c H- H- < 0) •o rt- CD O •a 3 CO 3 3 H» CO a H* o H- CD H 3* H« CD CD H O CU ;• O 3 3 Hi a> •-h H« 3- , CO CD CD e*- c Q> ^ O CO CO CO n H* CD 3 — CU 3 3" 3 v^ H* I M, c+ O H- H «+ rt- CU C 3 o • H" rt- DD Q 3 c K: D* O 3 CO T5 H CU Q> O V^3 M* H» CD C rt- i- CD H« t+ C O •^1 3 ct- O et- CD Hi cQ CD Hf H CU M H CD -• O <+ ci- c+ a Q> H H- ci- 3 Q>, H- H V.-^' o T3 o o ^... O a> (D 3 M CU rt- iV 3" 3" 3" 3 rt- O ct- I— O 3 CU « c+ H> rt- 3 o rt- rt- CU CO o *< o . O 3* H- (D G fi) el­ B QJ o H' |_, • o iQ e*- 3* H- et- 3 3 3 3* 3*- h- CaD CD CD rt- HI CD H* 3 s' !-• 0) H o 3 H* •<: 3 H- CD rt- O •y o CU CD CD CO o 3 3 O CD 3 O Q- rt> C rt- t< '< CO O H« O Q 3" 3 CD 3 rt- CO 3 c+ CU lU H a O iQ < O 0) 3 C rt- Q> 3 o 3 3 iQ CD M C O Q» O •>< y-' H H* H- o OJ 3 CO a M iQ (0 a 0) 3 • § CD O 3: •< H T5 o a o H" o cr CO Hi o £U H H- H- 3 Q) 3 CO c H H« rt- o '•;H »Q Hi CD CU H o < H" 3 3 o rt- Hi •>< 3 -< 3 s H» • rt- 3 3 o CD H- rt- 3* 3 O CO o (— 3 O 0) H CD H- Q. rt- n rt- ro Q) CO ci- a 1 to ro 3 H* H £U o 3* O S o o o n» CO CO a H" 3 3 3* CD rt- CU c H« e+ CO O rt- ^ *< H h* *< 3 3 < M H* CD CD 3 rt- O CO CD a> O •u CD rt- ct- H 11?^^ - N M •a H- a 3 rt- e*- CD 3 CD CO a. <: /•-s H et- H Hi CD 1 C < H* 1U y QJ o 3 3 3 Q} CO 3 H" CD H* HI ct- I-" T) (U iQ H* M* c*- H* H« CD CD »£! (D H- O 3 H- 3 • r> rt- TS V- O CO CO 3- < «^ (0 O T5 3 3* •a O CO H O «i 01 C T3 H H* CD *< H* H* a> CD CD CO H- CD 3- 3" O tQ 3 CD O o CD rt- CO CO a CD HI o <+ CD CU 3 - 3" c1- rt- CO * CD CO 00 •< Hi CD -< CD CD CO CM

<^ i •

-4- 1936j Prabhu 1956, Nair, 1959; James and Dadrudeen, 1981) Based on ova diameter measurements, four different types of spawning periodicities have been recognized in i teleostean fishes: Type A; Spawning taking place only once a year during a definite, short period. In this case, the eggs which are destined to be spawned are withdrawn from the immature stock in a single group, sharply distinguishable at least in the later stages of maturation from the stock of small eggs from which it was derived (Fig. 3,3.0. The oocyte development in this case is said to be synchronous, as in Therapon jarbua, Macrones vittatus and Chirocentrus dorab. Type Bi Spawning taking place only once a year, but with a longer duration. In species exhibiting this type of spawning, the range in size of the mature ova, irrespective of the number of modes representing them, have been found to be nearly half of the total range in size of the entire intra-ovarlan eggs in the whole ovary (Fig. 3.3.^)., as ^^ Pelates quadrilieatus and Cvpsilurus oliqolepis. Type C: Spawning twice in an year. In the ovaries of fishes exibiting this type of spawning, in addition to the batch of eggS in ripe condition, another batch of eggs in which yolk formation has already commenced could be seen (Fig, 3.3,4^, as in Psammoperca waiqensis. Therapon puta and Selaroides 16ptolepis. In the B and C types of spawning, the oocyte develop­ ment is described as group synchronous. Type D; Spawning throughout the year, but intermittently. Vifithdrawal of eggs from the immature stock is a continuous process; and there will he no sharp separation between the general egg stock and the maturing eggs (Fig.3,3.^. The pattern of oocyte development in this case is said to ^ f _6- When the egg is laid free in the watfr, the outer covering (chorion) at once becomes hardened. The hardened chorion becomes thinner as development advances and the egg increases in size. This process called 'water hardening' is advantageous in that it offers protection to the eggs from.predators. It Is assumed that a part of the substance of the egg membranes is withdrawn and absorbed by the enbryo and this seems to occur to a greater extent in the demersal eggs, where the embryo is more advanced on hatching, than in the pelagic eggs.

References Cla.rk, F.N. 1934. Maturity of the California sardine (Sardina caerulea). determined by ova diameter measurements Calif. DiV; Fish. Game, Fish Bull.. 42: 1-49. De jong, J.K. 1939. A preliminary investigation on the spawning habits of some fishes on Java sea. Treubia 17:' 307-27. De vlaming, V.L, 1983. Patterns of oocyte development among teleosts. In; Control processes in Fish Physiology (Eds, J.C. Renkin, T.J. Pitcher and R.T. Duggan) Croom Helm, London and Canberra, 298 pp. Hickling, C.F. and E. Rut^enberg 1936. The ovary as an indicator of spawning of fishes. ^ Mar. Biol. Association U.K., 21: 311-317. James, P;S.B.R. and M. Badrudeen 1981. Biology and fishery of Silverbelly Leioqnathus dussumieri (Valenciennes) from Gulf of Mannar. Indian J. Fish.. 28; 154-182. James, P.S.B,R, and V.M. Baragi 1980. Ovary as an indicator of frequency of spawning in fishes. Summer School on Fishery Biology pp. 149-159. "7- Kyle, M.H. 1983. The Biology of Fishes. Researcheo Pub., pp. 63-82. Nair, R.V. 1959 Notes on the spawning habits and early life history of the Oil sardine, Sardinella lonqiceps Cuv. and Val. Indian J. Fish., 6; 342-359. . Prabhu, M.S. 1956. Maturation of intraovarian eggs and spawning periodicities in some fishes. Indian is. Fish«« 3! 59-90. Fig.33.1

NUCLEUS OIL NECLEOLU& DROPLETS liyiMATURE OVA 0 0.0167-0-217mm

VITELLfNE Ma^B^RANE »MATURINQ OVA 0 0.233-0.4 mm @

YOLK GRANULES v^X ZONA RADJATA ZONA RAD I ATA

OIL GLOBULE MATURE OVUM 0 0-4l7-0-5»7mm RIPE OVUM 0 0.533-0-783mm PRIMARY GROWTH PHASE ^^'5*3-3.2

OVARJAN WALL

OVIGEROUS LAMELLAE

PERI- NUCLEOLUS OOCYTE CROMATIN NUCLEOLUS IMMATURE OVARY CX)CYTE

NUCLEOLUS

NUCLEUS

PERI NUCLEOLUS OOCYtE

ZONA RAD I ATA OIL DROPLETS

LAMP BRUSH CROMOSOMES NUCLEOLUS VACUOLATED OOCYTE 100-150 yum M Rg. 3-3-3 SECONDARY GROWTH .PHASE AND FINAL MATURATION

FOLLICULAR EPITHELIUM ZONA RADIATA

YOLK GRANULES

NUCLEOLUS YOLK VESICLE

>OIL DROPLET PRIMARY YOLK GRANULE OOCYTE l50-200;im

FOLLICULAR EPITHELIUM ON A RADIATA EXTERNA . ONA RADIATA INTERNA ERMINAL VESICLE YOLK GRANULES

THECA SECONDARY YOLK GRANULE OOCYTE 210-250 ;»m THECA •.FOLLICLE CELLS

FOLLICULAR EPITHELIUM ZONA RADIATA EXTERNA.

ZONA RADIATA INTERNA YOLK

HL DROPLET TERTIARY YOLK GRANULE OOCYTE HYALINE OOCYTE 240-270 ;»m 280-350^401 NUMBER OF OVA N) N> N) O N) .*» ooooooooooo.ooooo O O O

3)

NUNIBER OF WA I o s o S o g o o -T- -r o Fig.33-5

STOLEPHORUS INDICUS

a AVERAGE IN t.lIANDIU NO.OF OVA FROM 6 FISHES NO.QFOVA FROM 8 DlFF. « AVERAGE NO-IN OVARIES 6-2-7-5 eras 1,11 AND Ul

— lo in t~ at ^ tt in r-o^towr-cn— lomiwoi— t^

01 0-2 0-3 0-4 0-1 0 2 0-3 0-4 05 0-6 MILLIMETERS MILLIMETERS OVA DIAMETER POLYGON OF OVA DIAMETER POLYGON OF MACRONES VITTATUS STOLEPHORUS INDICUS

(AFTER PRA8HU 19561 (AFTER PRABHU 1956) ifc^;"ft;^ft.yiM^",^a"i; -•iWi:^-*^/i^*^.:,w^ba?^*4flK.fliM-*waatf

o H- a 3 H> C+ o H- n Q, c4- H« ni >•• S CD TJ rt- fl» ac H» rl- !-»• H» ct- n> Q» H- c Q> CO o ro 3- CO ro c+ 3" X ro O 3 o 3 ro CO ' Q *-• tn 3 H M 3 tJ ro H fJ« O M as M ,,^ cK t+ H- o» ro H* M c; H- H (0 r»- 3- o ro 0) CO ro ca ro H» 33 3" 3" O „ 3 H* (0 O ro 3 H» H* 0) 3* T3 iQ c cr < i-« o ro o M . 3 M H- H 3" 3* CO 3- H O «rt- 3 « S CO H' O H C C (DO. 3 1 !-• ro o o «+ ro QJ ro ro 3 ro H 3 Q> H* H 0) ' *+• O !-• Q. 4 a C *< M 3 n !-• H (+ 0) tQ 0) M« H» t+ 3* H- \ j—i C !-• Cl H« 01 ro «• < •< ft) H- O O iQ c+ ro H- ro £u to Q) 5 H (T> •< C »— H« CO < H* O o cr H> CO Q) to (0 H < £U 3 00 3 01 (Q ro ro ? c+ S 3" H- X* ^ 3- ro ro 3. s: 3 a CO • H-" ro !-• H* ro 0) 3* H* <• • . 3 H- o ro e+ *Q H> H 0* O < - o «+ Q) "O • <+ ro H- iQ O 3 O M _ cQ H (0 O 95" CO iQ H> H« *Tf *tJ O H TJ 3* «Q OJ cr M ro c 3m 0} ^ (Q a> f+ cr ro H- Q. H* Q- »-• O H H- vQ c -J H- O a «+ or H 3" CO 3 o H* tr O e+ C c*- 3" O *^ ro H < ro CO 3 ro ri- ro 3* Q» 3" 3 H 3 O «+ 3 ro •< Q) H •< (U 3 O "O ct> (o 3' t+ ro ro M M ro 3 0) tJ O c+ o H- CU »-• c+ o H> a» CO ro s «Q 3 H H- TJ cn • 1 M XJ 3" H) ro 3 ro '!> ro 3 0) n- H <» 3" ro iQ ro Hi irt^ H* TJ • (0 Q> H" ro f X X o o iQ H* 3 3* o ro CU D3 ro to tQ H< ^* ro > 3" 0) QJ H> rf <-»• <+ Q) 3- 3 cQ O a ro ro 3 (0 < H 3 JQ CO O to 1—' CD H Q» 3 o> o H- ro 3* ro 3 0) ro H f+ 3" ro" H« s 3" Q. ro D3 D 3" TJ • 3 3" CO H ro H CU (0 3 a c ro c+ ro «+ t+ s* cr • C P3 . - en 3 •>< ro o 3* 3 3 «— CO ro ro 3 B Q) CU M Q. H« 3" H* •< o ro o to Q. fl< H ro D) ro Q) <• Q) TJ 3 < a cr t* 3 >- ro CO ro o c+ c+ to H* Q) (ft •-) 3 H- « M iQ M o cr ro ro H 3 Q. CO 3 3" 3* CO 3^ H* ro ro 3 "d e+ 3* Q. O ^Q (0 H M H o c+ *< (D CO TJ ro o Q) 3 o (Q o ro CO Q) H 3" c Q. ro 3 H c+ MM* 0> H- DJ c 3 0) rl- 3 o O 3 Xf 3 to ro H H H cr o H* m 3 O *-• C H- ?r H' o H 3 J— O ro 3 ro H» iQ 3" a. Qi H H> H* -3 fl) 3- to fV OJ «-l CD ro (0 H, H» ro M ro (0 CO H fl> H* H CB H> CU CQ C+ fl> ,(D c+ H ro 0) o H> o 3 Q) H I-" CTi c+ «• H« M ^ 3 3 e+ O c+ w Q. o o H- O o Ql" e+ H> H> C H« ros. ro 3 ro o 3 >i . e+ H- ro C 3" ro ro ro H* M H" c C J- O ro ua u3 S t^ 3 to c M ro 3 H 3 a ^Q CU H» O M- S H «a Q- o ro c+ o \Q ro ro •Tl c+ M Q. H- (0 (0 --^ 3 «+ C 3 50 c» o ro CO 3 X Q> H» H S a H' 3" •< CO •• • <« Od. 3" 3 ua c+ M Q) O Q. "O ro Q> H- S 3" £> ro t-t • C z rt- f+- 3 3- I Q 3 t+ H' H, Q> o • H a C c+ (+ O c+ 3* c+ o" ro c+ O ir t+ c a- 3- (D '^en sp* 3s* O 3" 3* H, m m ro c*- cj »< M 3* 3 H) ro 3* 3 O -ii. a < c* <+ c(0 H« ro ro ro S • 3" H- H- ro Q) H' 3 H« H • ro ro O 3* c o CU • O Q. M ro ro 3 aj o H !-• CO o Q) ro CA H- ^ < •-- H- a» 3* cr TJ to ro O ' iQ (fl -Q) ro 3" 3- 3 M O ro o ro rh M 3* O M <+ '< O vQ TJ e+ (-• CO ro O 1 rt 3 •• H- TJ O 3* M Q> at e*- Q> ro o en O S 3" 0) o (0 H H- CO a> • o ro 3* ro «< t+ H 1+3 3 »- 3" £+ < H c H- 3 3* t-* "S a o ^ «+ ro o yc OJ O 3" H« e+ 3 O ro M M O 3 Q) M 3 w H CU 3 g r+ M TJ 3 en H e+ 3" (-• •O H- 3 ro TJ ro M ro c , O Q • O M- r? O H- H« JV 1 ?ir n ro a f+ -.3 -.-• CO 3* C 3 3 ro CO 3 •; 1 > ' ua 3 ro a e+ to ro 3 • 3- • •^ c+ the micropyle ,and at .fertilisation it is .thought that sea water enters through the pores of the chorion,"'lixting ; it from the yolk and forming the perivitelline space, ^ which is usually narrow but in sardines it becomes very large. Segmentation appears at first vertically to fcrm the blastodisC. The upper cells are fully; made of : protoplasm while the.lowest cells are continuous with the thin protoplasmic acellular layer of the yolk. Nuclei migrate into this acellular layer .and increase in number to form a periblastic tissue without distinguish­ able cell walls, called "syncytium". The blastoderm gradually forms a coating over the y.olk, ,process called Epiboly, leaving an area of yolk no't covered by it, called "blastopore", which becomes smaller and smaller until the, whole yolk area is covered^ Accompanied by the above coverage, the blastodermal layer becomes a cylindrical rod like structure pressing into th.e surface of the yolk. The outline of the eyes and auditory sacs soon appear, together with formation of the muscle segments called myomeres. About 2 or 3 days after the closure of the blastopore, when the embryo is about half-way round the yolk, pigmentation usually appears as fine dots and the heart becomes functional.

The primordial larval fin membrane arises as a median fold enclosing a space filled with a jelly-like lymph. With further development, the caudal end of the embryo becomes raised up from the yolk. By the time these events happen externally, apart from the notochord (which is formed by movement of.cells over the ddrsal lip of the blastopore), five organ-forming tubes of tissue appear internally. These are the body covering epidermal tissue, neural tissuegiving rise'to the nervous system, endodermal marking the alimentary system and two -3- lateral mesodermal tubes of tissue marking the muscular tissue and body cavity. The mesodermal tubes of the trunk region segregate into dorsal, intermediate and- lateral divisions, of which the dorsal division becomes divided vertically into block-like somites. Each somite becomes further subdivided into three regions (Fig,4,2, 7 a and b) c'alled (a) dermatome which is the outer part of the somite and which is responsible for the development of the skin and its derivatives (b) sclerotomes which is the ventral part of the inner somite giving rise to the axial skeleton and (c) myotomes or myomeres which are the dorsal parts of the inner somite resulting in the formation of trunk musculature. In fishes and other lower vertebrates the'myomere is the largest part of the somite, the sclerotome being inconspicuous. Their number correspond to the total number of vertebrae in the adults. By the time the embryo has two eyes, auditory vesicles heart myomeres and larval finfold more or less covers the yolk and shows movements of the body, it is ready for hatch­ ing. In certain species with prolonged embryonic period, the eyes get pigmented before hatching and in certain other cases pigments also develope before the event. Incubation and factors influencing pace of development Although the period of incubation, i,e.,the time taken from the time of fertilisation to the time of hatching is under genetic control, within each species, there are certain external factors which influence the pace of develop­ ment and alter the period of incubation. Size of the egg and the quantity of yolk present therein are some initial factors. Temperature is the principal direct and indirect factor influencing these aspects. In temperate countries, the incubation period is longer during winter than in summer Blaxter (1969), Winkler (1986) deals, with the relationship between temperature and incubation, the higher the temperature -4- ' , , within lethal limits the quicker the rate of development. Blaxter (1969) has shown that the Atlantic herring took about 25 days to hatch at a temperature of -d^C but only about 9 days at a temperature of about 14°C. Temperature is also found to reduce the size and weight at hatching, increase the efficiency of yolk absorption as well as to play an indirect role through oxygen capacity of water, phytoplankton production, etc. Similarly, salinity may accelerate or retard the time of hatching, while lack of oxygen has a retarding effect on the pace of development.

Hatchings Hatching is controlled specifically as well as environmentally, the latter factors being temperature and oxygen, A softening of the chorion resulting from an enzyme secreted usually from ectodermal glands en the anterior surface of the body takes place, assisted by the activity of the embryo inside result in breaking of the chorion and hatching. It is believed that a part of the nutrient material in the chorion may be utilised by the embryo through the perivitelline fluid, thus resulting in its softening, vide, Blaxter (1969). Larva (Fig. 4.2, 1-3)s The embryo which comes out of the chorion is called the larva (the newly hatched larva). It is usually transparent with pigments in some cases-, the function of which are not understood, Notochord and myomeres are"prominent with little development of cartilage or bone. Only the embryonic vertical finfold is present, mouth and jaws not yet developed and the gut is usually a straight tube. Blood is colourless and the circulatory as well as respiratory systems are poorly developed. Yolk is enormous, and it presumably has a hydrostatic function. Eye pigmentation is usually absent in the newly hatched larva, but develops only at the end of the larval phase. The kidney is usually pronephrici and very little is known'on the presence of gonads and other organs of the body cavity.

Most species hatch with i^- shaped myomeres acting against the notochord as a skGleton. Additional numbers may be added posterior only and the final number is attained during the larval period. The myomeres become more complex as development progresses. Postlarva (Fig. 4*2, 4-6) As the yolk is resorbed, the mouth is formed, the eyes are pigmented, branchial arches are developed, the pectoral fins appear and the larva becomes fitted for a change to sources of external food from the yolk available till then. These mark the beginning of the postlarval phase of development. Branchial respiration replaces cutaneous one and the gill arches foclxfilanients appear. The air bladder may.or may not be, present. One of the systems to develop early is the one for locomotion. The pectoral .fins are the first to make their appearance as flap or fan like structures. These remain as such until a very late stage in postlarval development and get ossified much later than all the other fins. The caudal fin is the next to develop through invasion of the caudal end of the larval finfold by skeletogenous tissue which produces fin rays, thus transforming the caudal part of the larval finfold intgthe adult caudal fin, A similar development takes plgce for the dorsal fin and the anal fin which develop almost simultaneously appearing first as thickness of the finfold and trans­ forming parts of the larval finfold. The thickenings are the interspace areas which will further split into many such areas. Between each pair of such areas a true fin ray develops. Parts of the larval finfold anterior to the dorsal and anal fins and in between each other " : -6- disappear gradually in the-course of development. In fishes with an anterior and posterior part of the dorsal fin, usually the latter is the one to make its appearance, followed by the former. .The pelvic or ventral fin is the last one to make its appearance. Usually the fin rays are the first to appear, followed by spines and their ossification. Metamorphosis and Juvenile; Metamorphosis or a change of body form from the larval or postlarval condition to the juvenile stage when the fish resembles the adult in all characters excepting sexual maturity, is rather slow in most of the marine teleosts. This is recently drawn attention to by-Russell (1976) who points out that unlike the larval phase of development, the poStlarval phase is very much lonQer, without any sharply demarcated termi­ nation. Different adult- characters such as the numbers of fin rays and of vertebrae are often already developed, before the developing fish has lost certain postlarval characters such as pigmentation pattern. Although in the flatfishes there is a rotation of the optic region and a change in the normal "orientation of the body so that both the eyes come to lie on one side accompanying metamorphosis, many postlarval characters are retained even after the above event. Thus, Russell (1976) poi'-ts out that in most marine teleosts, it is impossible to determine a decisive point when a postlarva becomes a juvenile. Thus the term "postlarva" may be more appro­ priately defined as the period after the termination of the larval stage, durihg which there is a sequence of development leading to the juvenile stage.

References * Balinsky, B.I. 1976, An introduction t,p embryology. W.B. Saunders Company, Philadelphia, London, Toronto. -7- Blaxter, J.H.S. 1969. Development: Eggs and larvae. In: Fish Physiology Ed. by Hoar, W.S. and D.J. Randall, Vol.Ill, Academic Press, New York and London. Blaxter, J.H.S. 1988, Pattern and variety in develop­ ment. In: Fish Physiology. Ed, by Hoar, W.S. and D.J. Randall, Vol. XI, Pt. A, Academic Press, Inc., San Diego.

Lagler, K.F., J.E, Bardach and R.R, Miller, 1962. John Wiley & Sons, Inc., U.S.A. Russell, F.S. 1976. The eggs and planktonic stages of British marine fishes. Academic Press, New York. Micropyle ^ Chorion 1st Cleavage

Lens shaped thickening of protoplasm

Fig. 4- '/^^•S'^^f'''—— iivl X

•••'^iy^?•?•'t'•t::•'~^'^'••'••t^^^ fo) e>

asoSffisBiiips^

; i-iii- ...—... ^^....^ .j>.

FIN FOLD DERMATOME 7a SOMITE 7b NEURAL TUBE NOTOCHORD MYOTOME ^ . OR COELOME MYOMERE

SOMATIC MESODEM

Fig. 4-2 SCTEROTOME CMFRl/Sl/1989/Th.V • IDENTIFICATION OF EGGS AND LARVAE ; .

K.C. George • Principal Scientist ,

(Central Marine Fisheries Research Institute. Cochin)

History of identification of fish eggs and larvae;

Towards the end of the 19th century Marine Biologists, Holt and Scott (1898) M'Intosh and Masterman (1897)., Cunningham (1897) and E hrenbaum (1905-1909) succeeded in describing the eggs and larvae of a large number of marine teleostean fishes in European waters. The Danish scientists, Schmidt (1904-1918) and Petersen (1892-1919) described several ppstlarval stages of demersal fishes, Th^se efforts were supplemented by Claric (1920), Ford (1920-1931) and Lebour (1919-1927) at Plymouth. The prolific contributions of Japanese workers as well as those from USSR and Germany have not been freely accessible to Indian workers either due to language problems or for other reasons. However the contributions of Mito(I960) Ueyanagi (1959-63), Matsumoto (1958, 1959) Nakamura(1951, 1956) etc. are now well known to specialists workingMn the field. Likewise, the works of the Russian author Gorbunova (1963-1967) are also fairly well documented in English language.

The results of earlier workers showed that all marine food fishes except the herring and the capelin have pelagic eggs. The sand eels (Ammpdytes) too are found to have demersal eggs. Eggs and larval studies offflarine fishes in Indian waters; Studies on the natural l^istory of marine fishes in India were pioneered by the erstwhile Madras Presidency -2- Fisheries Department (Hornell, 1910, 1922, Nayudu, 1922, Hornell and Nayudu, 1924). Several contributions to the knowledge of eggs and larvae of different commercial fishes were also made by the above Department in later years (John, 1939, Devanesan and John, 194Q, 1941, Devanesan and Varadarajan 1942, Devanesan, 1943, Devanesan and Cbacko,'-.T944, Chidambaram, 1943, Chidambaram and Venkataraman, 1946, Jacob, 1949, Chacko, 1950, 1954, Chacko and Mathew, 1955, Chacko and Gnanamekhalai, 196.3). Maritime Universities like-Madras, Bombay and Travancore (erstwhile) also contributed to the., studies on fish eggs and. larval taixonomy (Aiyar 1935, Jpnes, ,1937, Panikkar and Aiyar 1939, Panikkar and Nair, t945, Nair, 1952, John. .1951, Vijayaraghavan, 1957,. 1959, Kuthalingam, 1957, 1958, 1959, 1960, 1961, 3al and Pradhan, 1945, 1946, 1947, 1951, Menon, 1945 and Gopinath, 1942, 1946, 1950). Recent studies at the Departmerit of Marine Science, University of Kerala, Cochi'H have resulted in a numbe-r of contributions on the fish eggs and larvae of the southwest coast of India (Balakrishnan, 1959, 1961, 1963, 1969, 1971, Balakrishnan and Devi, 1974, Dileep, 1977, Premalatha, 1977, Sreekumari, 1977), Likewise, Andhra and Annamalai Universities also took up similar-studies on the east coast (Ganapathi and Raju, 1961, 1963, Ganapathi and Rao,. 1962, Dutt 1966, Rao, 1963, Raju and Ganapathi, 1949,, Balasubramanyan, 1973, Balasubifamaayan et al. 1969. Venkataramanujam and. Ramamurthi 1974, 19*77),

With the establishment of the Central Marine Fisheries and the Central Inland Fisheries Research Institute in 1947, studies on eggs and larvae were taken up as a regular programmes resulting in a number of publications (Jones and Menon 1950, 1951, 1952, 1953, Pantalu and Jones, 1951, Jones and Pantalu, 1958, Jones,. 1958-1967, Jones and Kumaran, 1963, 1964, Sarojini and Malhotra, 1952, Kararachandani and Motwani, 1952,Balakrishan, -3- 1957, Kuthalingam, 1960. Bapat and Prasad, 1952, Bapat, 1955, Nair, 1948, 1952, 1959, 1961, Nair and Mohamed 1961, Rao, 1964, Subrahmanyam 1964, 1968, Chartdrsi, 1964,- James, 1967, Kotwal,. 1967, Balakrishnan and Rao, 1971,Bensam, . 1968, 1969, 19^1, 1973, Gupta, 1972, A'chari and Vincent^ 1972, Vijayaraghavan, 1973, Girijavallabhan and GriahafhutHu, 1974, Silas and George 1971, Silds, 1974). Eggs, larvae and juveniles of several species like Sardinella lonqiceps, E* finibriata,, S. qibbosay l«yOwala covaJL, Rastrelliqer kanaqurta. Scomberoffiorug spp. / Auxis S]^,» Katsuwbnus pelamis. Thunnus albgcares. Euthvnnus affinis. Xiphias qladius, Caranx kalla, Gempylus serpens, Stolephorus spp., Mvripristis murdjan. Holocentrous sp,, Dactyloptena orientalis and the eels have been the subject of studies by the above authors. While these efforts have been localised and generally taxonomy oriented they have resulted in a number of contri­ butions on the lifei-history and spawning of several commer­ cial species, '

Delsman (1922-'38) in his series of publications on the fish eggs and larvae ftom the Java sea, contributed a wealth of information on the taxonomy of eggs and larvae of a number of species relevant aIso^ to. the Indian region.. A concerted effort to collect marine from a wider, area, particularly off the west coast of India using ocean going research vessels was made since late fifties by the Central Marine Fisheries Research Institute, in cotlaboration with the erstwhile Indo-Norwegian Project using the research vessels 'Kalava* and 'Varuna' (Jones 1967). This has led to the collection of several eggs and larval samples from the shelf waters of the SW coast

For full references cited in page 2 & 3 also refer "An annotated bibliography on the breeding habits and develop­ ment of fishes of Indian' region" Burl.No.3 CMFRI (Jones & Bensam, 1968). and the Laccadives archipelago, . These materials have been used by and large for qualitative studies and also to indicate the spawning grounds, mainly of tunas, (Jones, 1958-1967). Jones and Kumaran (1963, 1964 a) based on Dana Expedition (1928-30) material from the Indian ocean gave an account of the distribution of tuna and billfish lajcvae in the area. Available' information on eggs, larvae and juveniles of Indian scombroid fishes have also been compiled by these authors (Jones and Kumaran, 1964). Identification of fish eggs; Identification of fish eggs or larvae will be easier if the parents of the spawn products are already known. However in most cases this is not the case and we have to deal with planktonic material. In such a situation the only way is to apply certain salient sets of characters to a series of different stages of growth and connect them to juvenile stage. Comparison and linking wherever possible with past records of stages of the material will also help in arriving at the identities. M'Intosh and Masterman (1897) Hock and Ehrenbaum (1911), Simpson (1956) gave identifying clues for several fish eggs. Hiemstra (1962) developed a correlation table for identifying pelagic eggs. A review on the early life histories of Clupeiformes from Indian waters with provisional keys for identifying the eggs and early larvae has been made by Bensam (1971). The important characters generally used in identifying fish eggs are; 1. The shape of the egg. • 2. Size (diameter) 3. Nature of egg membrane - smooth, sculptured etc. 4. Extent of perivitelline space. 5. Presence or absence of oil globules. 6. Size of oil globule. 7. Homogenous or segmented yolk. 1

-5- In later stages of development of the embryo the following characters are useful. 1. Presence or absence of pigmentation on yolk sac •or oil globule. 2. Pigmentation pattern of the embryo, 3. Degree of pigmentation of the eyes. Types of fish eggs and certain examples Most fish egg? are spherical in shape. Oval or pear shaped eggs • Stolephorus, Gobies, Blennies, some--Pomaentrids, AmmoSytes Demersal eggs Herring (Clupea harenqus) Jenkinsia, Capelin {Mallotus villosus) ' Ornamented/spiny/egg membrane Lizard fishes (Saurida, Saurus > Chlrocentrus. Macruridae, Ap'oqon Double egg membrane (outer Pellona. Ilisha.,Hilsa, gelatinous coat) Sardinella albella, Fistularia. Exocoetus, Vinciquerria lucetia Filamented egg membrane Atherinidae, Hemiramphus. Cvpselurus. Eggs in cluster Triaeanthus Spawn mass Lophius, cottidae Wide perivitelline space Sardinella spp. Segmented yolk Clupeids,. carangids coarse segmented apodes (eels), Vinciquerria lucetia (irregularly segmented). Stalked nature of yolk in embryo : Ophichthid eels • -6- No oil globule ' Sardinella sirm, Stolephqrus zollinqeri; Op^lsthopterus tardoore, Chanos chanos.. Muraenid eels - Most Pleuronectid flat fishes Many oil globules • Setipinna, kowala, Anodontostoma, Cynoqlossus, Pellona. ChirocentruSy Atherinidae, Siqanus.- Triglidae Oil globule of considerable ' Trichirus (0.65 mm) size Oil globule in yolk at ' Caranx. Mullidae anterior part Pigmented embryo t Gadidae, Barracuda, Mullets Pigment on oil globule • Caranx« Trichiurus (not conspicuous). Size of eggs; Size of eggs are stated as diameter or as length of the longest axis when nonspherical. Most marine fish eggs are 0.5 mm above in diameter. . . Range of diameter of egg Some examples

0.5 - 1.0 mm : Caranx Cynoglossus Kowala Anodontostoma Vinciquerria Opisthopterus Platycephalus Dorosoma M&ckerel -7- 1.0 - 1.5 mm ' Saurida SardJTvella Icnqiceps S. fimbriata - ' Coilia Auxis Thrissocles 1.0 - 1,5 mm Setipinria Chanos chanos Scomberomorus 1.5- 2mm Chlrocontrus Fistularia Sardinella leioqaster 2 mm Eel,.Alcsa, Trichiurus

The hatching method for identification of fish, larygje

The i?lentity of free planktonic eggs at group, family or generic level may be possible in some cases ' from published information. Further, development of the fertilised eggs after hatching will throw more light on the egg as well as the larvae? i® to the closer semblance of the. material to the actual adult. These pbsQrvatlons'are possible by the hatching and rearing metnod for the eggs in the laboratory. FDic successful accomplishment of this proqess a closed circulating water system; is the primary need. It is advisable to have some 503:t of automatic or semiautomatic circulating system wheije self filtering arid waste eliminating and oxygenating systems are also incorporated* The physical, chemical and biological parameters of the circulating water system are to be^monitored regularly so that all'the^e are kept within the tolerance limit of the organisms reared. The temperature, salinity, pH arid live food population introduced if any, bacterial protozoon or furggl contamination etc, are to be moni­ tored systematically in the rearing system. -8- Apart from hatching eggs^already fertilised in nature and collected from the plankton, it may be possible in some cases to artificially fertilise ripe, eggs in the laboratory introducing milt from ripe male of the species. If successful fertilisation takes place all such fertilised eggs can be removed to the rearing system f.or further development.

It is well known that in the development of fish eggs,the yolk serves as a reservoir of food from whidh the yolk sac larva takes its nutrition. Once development goes beyond this stage and the larva develops the mouth and mobility they are to be fed with appropriate food items preferably unicellular planktnnic organisms reared. for the purpose or collected from nature. The supply and in take of food of suitable quality and particle size are critical for the survival and growth of the larvae.

All debris and dead organic matter are to be removed from the system as soon as they are found by siphoning them off carefully. If successful progressive development happen it is^ required to collect and fix the larvae at suitable intervals of time 6,12,24,48,72' hours «tc. and upto as many days till we are able to get juvenile stage or doss to it. Detailed examination of these series of material will enable linking the earliest stage to the latest and the adult. The series method? The series method of study of ichthyoplankton for identification is applied partly in the hatching method as well. However the method is more appropriately employed in case of material collected from plankton where their origin is not at all clear. In this case, as it usually • happens a collection of ichthyoplankton from a station may contain eggs or larvae or both of a species in vSiious > . ... *t> •O !-• T3 5 0) O H Q» 3 to ,« 3 3 ar a> •<; Q. . o 0> 3 H« 5(U c H Hi a ^•cr • 3 H- H H- • < h" rt) Q» < 3 3- O O a 3 Q) 0) P* o rl- H H- I I < w Hi O cr £u; t- <+ CU « (0 H 3 ro H •ii), o t+ O Ul. < ai - *^ 3 3* O) O (D H c+ c H < cr H- Q fD a» H, H' • 3; Q] 'C < H :3 o (0 H 3 (ft 3 o. H- }-• \a. £+ o 3 P. c+ o ft- Q> H> Ci H- «+ fl) H M *i b < 3 3 0> (D DJ fO '0 O H O rtj H o T3 , !-• in 3" (D CD (U < o O '•3* 3 Q) 0) iQ O »Q H 3 QJ 3 H* H- H O c+ 3 fl> O H-* 1 H (n o> (D 3* rt- C 0) Q) p. 0) n) a ' 3 (!) •e: H' O o o w Hi (O 3- X} 0) 0) a. H« fl> H> © c • O a cf D H- rt- 3- H 3- H Q) iQ • 3.. O O 0) H ti 3* H- ) 0) «D O H' H- O) fD H- •a o < H- »-• H> a O o D 3 3 3 H c+ fD H* O c 3 !-• tn c+ •• .© < t+ fT> t+ O fD a> 3 n c+ H' 0) c+ ft) 3* .3-- 0) fD fD fD •\Juv6hilg • ' '• Young' ess>nUa||y .^irijil^r to, gduJLt»,/

'^^^^II^'?itv?F^*o°9b?i9 "lljf 1^0^f«5|fiifeiO[^imi#ii?Btiaduit 4^^le§

to^.acdoun*.*or idsn-tificatlon of fish.i.:„,oo/Jhey, " ,j at#: 1 Mpr1 r >« metriCvS; Measurements- cf^ j^ody 'parSis bVfeJ:-&' si'ze range^ of^ specip;ea^ fypm., larjva -; Xt^ bairly. juveM'l'e • stage. 'Changes in body prppo^tj.ons such ^^s in body-; - DH- de^th', ht^ad"'size,'gut length, shape of viscera? fin pbsitien's including size at end of yglk sac stage aftS^siz^ a''i'^r^nsforma'tion" stages.

2. Mer|sticp; Cour^table stryctur^e, su^h-as,.'myotomes or' ^ ,verte"b"fae, nuipber of fin rays etc. ''U.^L

3. Pigment patterns and their changes dulling early stages, Melanophores are somewhat variable on larvae of"the' sam^ -size; may be expanded or contracted at the time of prG«er,y3tion and can bo destroyed by exposure to light or-through imprhper preserve?tion." .'. j . ' .'^~-' 4. Sp^^cialised larval characters such, as sp\r>es on opercular b'ohes'br head; shape of eyes (aiibcircular, stalked etc)'; elongated dorsal/ventral rays or spines, extended snout ptc,.

The very shape of the larvae itsolf broadly distin­ guishes the major groups from each other for eg. the elongate clupeids from the broad and laterally compressed scombroids, carangids and several perches. As examples it may be instructive to look at in detail the larvae of some of the important commercial -fishes and thoir identi­ fication. -^ > O O O O M a m Q) rt- 0) H» a 3- NO O rt) I— 3 3 3" (0 c r^ c 0) rt) I (B 0) 3 c TJ a CO X rl- rt- T5 •a H CU H- 3 rt) rt) (D CO 0) JO Q» 3 H- rt- S H >-> g rt- a a c a CD O O iQ 3 c s < 3* <0 (f) 3^ "• O I-' H rt) .3* I-- 0) G) ei- rt) o 0) H 3 3 OJ Q. H» Qi 0) 3- a 3" H« Q 3 t-- cn lo • H- H- 0) rt) < rt- o o o M rt) CL O) O 3" cn 3 c+ O O •< I-' (-• C 3 rt) H rt- lO (-' 3- rt> iQ f— H •o c c Q. rt- < 3- C rt) • T5 o ^« S O c H H* 3- d) C H« H^ 0) rt) S •D cn rt) rt) Q O H- c+ 01 a D) CD rt) QJ- O •< 3" e*- .. (0 3) H- t-" Co c+ o C 3 •< rir fi) 0) a I— K Q. a 3 3" CO t-" 3- O rt) a rt) H a Hi Q) 0) cn cn cn CU CJ O c+ iQ ro < rt) rt» "rt> cn H» (-• H »-' CA} o m cn 3 H vO rt- rt) 3 Q) a Q) l-i H- rt- 3- a 3* o I o H> O H-» 0) rt) 3* rt) o cn -li. o C rt- cr 0) c+ rt) cn fO c rt) 3 c O rt) rt- (n iQ 3- 3 H, -3 cr «3 fl) C Q» a) rt- o rt) O N rt- < H H rt- 3- iQ 3 rt: I 3* o rt) 3 rt) rt) 3* Q> cn 3 cr O +-• o H cn H« • -J ro T5 o cn ci- rt) rt) rt- CU cn Q) cu •i a O 3 (-• 3* 3 O c . O cn rt- rt) •< rt- iQ O rt) Hj cn 3" 3- rt- 3 0) cn 3* o ro 3 Q) • t+ cn a O 3" ^ cn rt) 3 n> H rt) rt) rt) 3 H Q) Q) o o cn Q. T5 (A t— 0) 3 a O rt- H 0 rt- -J »-»> to a rt) (0 a fD o cl- 3- Ui a c rt- »-• H- S 3* cn 3* >? fi) 3 • 3 3- O o 3 3" 0) rt- 3 O H rt) ro O S D> 3 3- IQ cn o H 3* I z t-- H 3 3 0) rt- ci- CL !-• cn C H« 3 n rt) CO O • 3* fl» 3* ^ rt- C rt- rt) -12- Morphometrics are not very reliable to distinguish genera, except during the transforming stages, when measure­ ment such as predorsal, prepelvic and preanal length may be useful in some cases. Pigmentation associated with the caudal area in" larvae less than about 8 mm NL may distinguish some genera if used along with myotome counts, vStaining of smaller specimens before ossification is complete, may make it easier to'count myotomes and the developing fin

rays'.-' ' '^ ' •• ^ • • ' - -•

The Family scombrldae; The family includes the mackerel, tunas, frigate mackerel, bonitos, seer fishes bill fishes etc. About two dozen species of the family are recorded from Indian waters. . The salient features of the scombroid larvae is their short truncated shape, large head and presence of strong opercular spines (tunas) and pterotic spines (bill fishes; exception mackerel). Mackerel larva. the salient diagnostic characters of mackerel larvae can be summarised as follows; Characteristics short bodied larva with about 31 myotomes ' .;; .; • Anus placed well forward - Larval fin-fold begins at the occiput Lack pre-opercular spines (unlike the larvae of tunas) A post vent row of melanophores along the ventral margin of the body, reaching upto the urostyle. Tuna larvae; " ' Matsumoto (1958) has illustrated a typical tuna larva and has given its general features. Tuna larvae are characterised by a large head, with opercular spines. r r

-13- a triangular visceral mass located well forward in the body, the pre-anal distance being less than half of total body length in specimens upto about 9 mm, myotome number between 38-42, pigmentation (melanophores/chromatophores) rather sparse, most of it concentrated over abdominal sac, over the brain and in the caudal region, larvae about 10 mm (S.L) lose most of the pigment characters. The main characters reli-ed upon for the identi­ fication of tuna larvae are some fairly consistent black pigmentation such as those over the forebrain, tip of jaws and posterior half of the trunk. Meristie characters such as numbers of the myotomes, vertical fin rays and morphometries of the head and eye and sizes at which structures differentiate are also found useful. A key for identification of larval tunas based on Ghroma- tophores distribution is given below;.^* Chromatophore.s present on trunk 1-. Chromatophores present over fore-brain 1.1 A distinct chromatophore mid-ventrally in the caudal region - no chromatophore at the symphysis of the pectoral girdle - Katsuwonus pelamis t.2 A series of chromatophores along ventral margin on the trunk, from^ base of anal fin to caudal region - chromatophore at symphysis of the petoral girdle. Series of chroma tophores along *• mandible - Euthvnnus affinis 2. No chromatophores over fore-brain 2.1 Three short series of chromatophores on the mid-dorsal, mid-lateral and mid-ventral lines of the caudal region - chromatophore at ihe symphysis of the pectoral girdle - Auxis sp.

** Adapted from Yabe, Yabuta, Ueyanagi, 1963j Matsumota, 1958, 1962 - referable t'o adults recorded from Indian waters. -14- 2.2 1-3 chromatophoxes along the dorsal margin on the trunk, initial one being anterior to origin of second dorsal. 1-5 chromatophores along ventral margin of the trunk - Thunnus tonqqol. 2.3 No chromatophore along the dorsal margin on the trunk. 1-5 chromatophores along ventral margin of the trunk - Thunnus obesus II. No chromatophores on trunk 1, No .chromatophores over forebrain^ presence of chrdmatophores at tip of lower jaw - Thunnus albacares Bill fish larvae; ' . Indian bill fishes include the sword fish (Xiphias gladius), the sail fish (istiophorus qladius) the marlins (Tetraptarus audax and Makaira spp.) and the spear fish (Tetrapturus anqustircstris)..' Young stages with prolonged beaks are found in the bill fishes and wahoo. In the wahoo larva there is neither a spiny supraorbital ridge as in sword fish nor the long pterotic and preopercular spines as in the sailfish. Family caranqidae; The major genera involved in the commercial fishery in India are the Horse mackerel (Meqalaspis spp.), scads (Decapterus spp.), and a variety of small and large species. Among the carangid larvae two different types are distinguished' on the basis of morphology. The elongate and the deep bodied. Among the meristic characters the vertebral formula (consequently the myotomoes in the larvae) is quite stable (10 + 14) in numbers except in few species like Nucrates ductor or Seriola sp. Armature of the head is another important character distinguishing the larvae of some of the genera from each other - s H £> Q> O CD H« t— O o Q> O o H- cu CU H, S CO 03 O > f a O •o 01 .,—^ ,-^ O . CD 3* 3 3 CU 0) • o 3 T5 3 Q> o 3' 3 H H o T5 C O 3 CD H' »-•> H 3 a m H) M CD a a H H CD 3 CD CO a> H c CO Q) CO O H H" e+ O cr H* CO CO a CD •-• H> OJ H' • o H H- Q> 3 \ K-" 3 CD 3 H' QJ o en- H« CO O CD •o (-• H- > 3 *< H* O 3 «-»• o 3 (0 H- a CO (Q H- en- CO CO QJ iQ QJ a CD CD -3 vQ O* Q) CO I-- H iQ w 0) (0 O en­ O CO 3 H' CO 3 3 CO 3 CD n QJ H CO •H O CO y-r* H' CO CD 3 CD +H 0) H- CO •a H s' < en- H« QJ O iQ o H ei- cn- c+ en < 3* e+ CO 0) a rf ct- a r+ 3 •< a cu CO H' CD CD CD Qj f OJ a en­ cn- C a CO H CO H- H- S' CD CD O CO « CU 3* H* (0 CO I-* 3 H H CD !-• -Q) s' ...S" H- CD Q) n CO O Q> !-• O TJ CO iQ sCD CO CD (0 CO • o CD en­ H CD H- CD H«, CD CO 3 o en- c N..^ C T> O f-H CD H- H* H* CO CD H- o H- "-•j CO s' CD. QJ O O • a H zr (+ H CD CO «o* M CD TJ CD O iQ a 3. CO 3 H CO -o 3 3 3- Q) (0 „3 CO iQ H QJ H' H* a • QJ CD tJ 3- 3 CO o H- H CD H- r* CU 3 £+ Q) CD 3 CD CD I— 3 o QJ H Qj a ct- Q) CD el­ o rt- 3 H O iQ tQ cu H !-• H 0> CO > *m QJ iQ c CT ^—^ o CO 3 O J-"" 3 Q> s' H> SC »Q O < TJ CD 3* o fl>. < O H en­ e+ H" H M CO »-i QJ •c H* a 1- o H- C+- t-J CD (D 3 H- O 3 CD e*- M H> CO 0) s' H" r- < CO QJ CD H H cr 3 Q> CD fD CD H-' el­ CO «Q Q. CO CD H cu M H t3 «+ H* 0) OJ Ci> o t+ 3 QJ QJ O cn- 3 H T5 a H s' 3* •o CD CD rt- H K M- .l-f en­ H* CO a 3 S' o CD 3 H- r>~ O 3 H fO C < . 3* CD CD O >* CO a Dl t+ p. l-i s' 3 D- CO a a> <+ CD O fly 3' X cr H 3 01 at 3 ay •o H H 3 H- H* 1— ZT C CU (D; CO < QJ •'I— 3 »• >< H' CO cr !-• •-• QJ CO H. Qi H- CD 01 \Qi CO CU 3 • CO S en­ o CD H o cQ CO 3 rt- (0 CD H" c+ H- iQ TS N 0} Hs- H 3' 3 »• 3 a H> H- s- t3 H- o CD O a QJ e+ H rt- c M 3 O O O 3 el­ < 01 a H' QJ en­ CD CD N5 c 9-h et- H H- c+ a cu •a a- Q> 0) CD CU CD QI a> c C 3 iQ CU CD t3 >—' M H CD 1 3" < O a a> CO H" H 3- cr M 3 c«- -< CO !-• •o t- •< •-i QJ CD • CD CD 3 CO ->. ^» Q) H> CD c+ CD CD o H- o n (ft CO O H Q» o 3* *-• QJ H CO TJ tJi CO 3 Hv Q) CU O c >r H O H O H- 3 s Q) H rt- CD H- 3 M QJ en- CO H- 1 CO - c+ t+ O *-• 3 T3 !-• t+ CD CO H, O —* H) 3 «3 H O o H TT a en- o H 3 CD 3 •< 0) 3- Hv 3 CO a CD O ' t3 4i. e+ < o CO 3 Q> CO o S 3- a 1 H CO CD H iO H 3 o H- Q. a O 1 O QJ CO o •o CD T3 CO (D H CO . CO /P H- •a < O iQ 3- O o H -* H Q) 3 a M« H« CO O o •o cr O M QJ •* cr CD 0) a CO !-• (D CO O H H H- OI CU H a X> 3 « 3 QJ CO CO H CO , o 3s- en- (U a o a c+ H« H (0 CO T5 CO CO CO H- -<: CU CO H* CD , H- H o QJ 3 CO CD en- 3 CD a rt- H) t+ rt- H« CO CU o • O Q) CO 3 CO tJ c+ (0 r* D. QJ ^' ja 3' iQ IQ en­ a S­ a CD •< cr O rt- H CL O CD CO o <• i+*. •' rt- S" QJ Z H H cr a> *< r»- * M QJ M V H- H" H, 3"- CD CO 3 QJ o a CD H-' c H- CO 3" H> fi- 3 H 3 3 (^ • iQ O 3 l-fc 3 > QJ D CO a iQ 0) o CD H CD o 3* .^ rt- M 3 a 3 Q> T3 •I— C 3 O H H- fl) iQ M o H" > o a t+ O H, (0 H 3' 3 CD Q) " en­ O •QJ (0 a H :u 3 3 CO 3 H T5 3 (Q 3-; CU H CU S CD cu CO o 3 CO •o O s' iQ H CD CD rn- U2 en- CO o •a O CD CD H S OJ •< 3' X CO o a C, H Q) H' O < H> en­ CO u J-- H' e+ H H t+ iQ H- CO CU 3- •D CO CD 0) H* *i •D CO H a 3 OJ C s' en- to CD o vQ CD H O 3" • O 3 H- O H 3 3 en­ CO 3 H o tij CO H« CD !-•. CO ..^ c O 0) CO CU 3 a> o iQ O 3 rt- CD £U C s' Qi O Q) X5 3 a 1 • QJ H» 3 3 CO 3 *-•• C+- H H" 3* zr CU >-• 3 d) H* en- O CD iQ zr OJ 0) H» •a 3 QJ CD (0 CD CO Q. -1 3 a c+ QJ CO • 3 O H H« Q> CD H O O H* M a cn- • ' a 73 CO o 3' CD CO e+ 3* 3 : «> cH CO o o a < >•' CD H CO cn- O co cr « . CU H, CD H 3" CD H' -* n CD H" c - (0 CD ^^ ^ h" co 3 CO a CD H H c+ CD 3 M 00 •J* •a •a H- * OJ ci- a 3' H- 3- $ CD •zr 3 ^ 3 at.. H- OJ cr 3 H- O 3 CD 3 CD. CD en- H o D. O a CD en­ 3 en- 3* O" en- s' H CO -16- myomeres are superficial. The interior of the larvae is filled with noncellular nucoid substance. The common sizes met with"are'50-100 mm TL, the largest known larvae is 1800 mm TL. The larvae reportedly do not eat solid food but may utilise dissolved organic substances or bacteria. The function of the'teeth is yet unknown; Different types of Leptocephali' 1. Elopiformes.; hat. large forked caudal fin except in very small larvae. Myomeres less than 100, has ventral fin. Dorsal and anal fin have short bases, 2,., Anguilliformes; Small rounded caudal fin. Myomeres almost always more than 100. Ventral fins are absent. Dorsal and anal fin have long base and are confluent with caudal. 3, Notacanthiformes; Caudal fin absent, instead' they have a long single filament. Several hundreds of myomeres present has very small ventral fin. Dorsal fin short on anterior part of the body. Anal fin present. Family. Myctophidae and Gonostomatidae; The larvae of lantern fishes and light fishes are relatively very abundant in the Indian seas, and those of the gonostomatids (eg. Vinciguerria) can be confused with clupeoid. larvae by the inexperienced observers. The elongate larvae with subcircular or stalked eyes differentiate them clearly from the 'clupeids. The formation of photophores, especially the second br.anchiostegal photophore and the sequence of formation can be used to distinguish some genera - -17- . The pigments, size of pectorals, presence of preopercular spines and development of snout are other important larval characters of myctophids. Useful meristic characters include vertebral, biranchiostegal, dorsal, anal and ventral fin count. -The gonostomid like Vinciquerria the light organs are formed at the same time and the pattern of photophores also differ.

Salient diagnostic.features applicable to different groups of fish larvae MonScanthidae, Balistidae, Short oval body Antennaridae Platycephalidae, Pagasidae, Short depressed body Dactylopteridae Ctest on nape Holocentridae, Carangidae, Leiognathidae, Coryphaenidae, Scorpaenidae, Platycephalidae, Barbel on lower jaw Exocoetidae Elongated tentacle on Champsodontidae, operculam Bony ridge over eyes Carangidae, Stromateidae, Holocentridae, Histiophoridae, Scorpaenidae. Protruded 'snout Holocentridae, Histiophoridae, Pegasidae, Exocoetidae, Hemiramphidae . Pelvic fins abdominal Isospondyli, Iniomi, Scomberosox. They are soft rayed fishes lacking spines in the dorsal, gnal and pelvic fin. Single short dorsal fin Gonostomatidae, Clupeidae, Engraulidae, Dussumieridae, f^Pi

-18- Single long dorsal fin t BregmacerotidaejSerranidae, Carangidae, Coryphaenidae, Leiognathidae, Histiophoridae, Stromateidae, Bothidae-, Pleuronectidae, Soleidae, Cynoglossidae, Two dorsal fins Mugilidae, Apogohidae, Mullidae Gobiidae, Pectorals enlarged Exocoetidae, Stromateidae, Callyonymidae, Platycephalidae, Champsodontidae ,'.; - Ventral fins absent Angulliformes, Syngnathidae, ' Tetradontidae. Elongated fin rays on Bcthidae, Soleidae, dorsal Cynoglossidae, Bregmacerotidae. No gpines on operculam Labridae,Gobiidae, Trachypteridae Spines oh operculam - Scombridae, Carrangidae, Elongated spines on the Serranidae, Ballistidae, dorsal apd ventrals Aca'nthuridae Alimeptaxy canal Long straight alimentary Many Gonostomatidae, Clupeidae, canal Synodon-^ids. Bulged or sac like - Cynoglossi­ dae, Soleidae, Short and coiled Majority of . Anal opening At middle of body - Apo.gonidae, Carangidae, Thunnidae,Scombridae, Gobiidae, Scorpaenidae, Pleuronectidae, Bothidae. Behind middle of body Apodes, Hemirahampidae, Exocoetidae, Fistularidae, Mugilidae, Sphyraenidae, Coryphaenidae, -19- Far backwards Stomiatoids, Clupeides, Synodontids. Far forwards Bregmacerotidae, Atherinidae, Blennidae, Trypauchenidae. Piqmentation Dense Exocoetidae, Hemirhamphidae, Holocentridae, Mugilidae, Coryphaenidae, Histiophoridae Partial Atherinidae, Bregmacerotidae, Mullidae, Apogonidae, Stromateidae, Theraponidae, Piatycephalidae Blotches^- spots Engraulidae, clupeidae, Synodontidae, Carangidae, Apogonidae, Serranidae, Leiognathidae, Thunnidae, Scromberomoridae, Pleuronectidae, Cynoglossidae.

Less ifhan 24 - Calliyonomidae, Balistidae, Monacanthidae, Diodontidae, - Tetradontidae, Molidae, 30-40 Gonostoihidae, Engraulidae, Myc^jtophidae, Coryphaenidae, Labridae, Scombridae, Thunnidae, Sillaginidae, 41-50 Clupeidae, Engraulidae,Chirocentridae, Myctophidae, Scomberomoridae, : Bregmacerotidae 51-80 Elopidae, Albulidae, Megalopidae, Chirocentridae, Beloniformes, . Syngnathidae. 100-200 Anguilliformes, Trichiuridae

/ Gempylidae, Eve stalks Asteronesthidae, Bathylagidae, Myctophidae, Idiacanthus References Alikunju, K.H. and Nagaraja Rao 1951. Notes on the - Metamorphosis of Elops saurus Linn and Meqalpps cvprinoides (Broussonet) with observations on their growth. J. Zool. Soc. 3 (l)j 99-109. Anon, 1973. Report of the International symposium on the early life history of fish FAQ Fisheries Rep. No.141. Anon, 1975, Report of the CICAR Ichthyop-lankton workshop. Mexico city 17-26 July, 1974 Unesco technical papers in marine science 20. Anon, 1976. Oil sardine larvae. Progress Report No.15 UNDP/FAO Pelagic Fishery Project, Cochin, 27 pp. « Balan, E.K. 1971. The intervals of early fish development and their terminology Lab. Fish. Res. Slovak Aqr. Acad. 35 (1): 1-8, Bapat> S,V, 1955, A preliminary study of the pelagic fish. eggsand larvae of the Gulf of Mannar and the Palk Bay. Indian J. Fish (2): 231-255. Bensam, P. 1971. Preliminary review of our knowledge of the early life histories of clupeiformes from the Indian waters, with provisional keys for identifying the eggs and early larvae Bull, de la societe france Japonaise d' oceanographic tome 9 (3): 158-167.. Blaxter, J.H.S, 1969. Development: Eggs and larvae in Hoar, W.S. and D.J. Randall (ed). Fish Physiology Vol. Ill Academic Press London, Blaxter, J.H.S.ed. 1974. the early life history of fish, Proc.Internat. Symp. Dunstaffhage Marine Research Lab-. Srnttish Marine Biological Association, Oban, Scotland: 765 pp.

* For several other references not listed here please also refer Jones, S and P. Bensam 1968 Bull, No.3 CMFRI, -21- Ciark R.S. 1920. The pelagic young and early bottom stages of Teleosteahs. J.,Mar. Biol. Ass. U.K. 12: 159-240,. ' Delsman, H.C. ,1922-38; Fish eggs and larvae of the Java s®a* Treubia Vols-. 2-16. Dileepv M.P. 1977. . The larval development and distribution of Saurida tumbi'l (Bioch) of south-west coast of India. Proc. Symp. on warm water ^^poplanktbn Spl. publ. NIO. Goa; 460-473, Ehrenbaum 1905-1909. • Eler and Larvan von-Fischen. Nordisches plankton 1: 413 pp. MSiFigs. Ford, E. 1920-1931. Ser'ies^of papers on Post larval stages of sand eel,; Leptocephalusv ^et^eV J, Mar. Biol, Asig,- U.K.-Vol. 12-17, Ganapathi, P,N.'and Raju. 1961, Qn the eggs and early . developnient of^^eels of Waltair coasi HJV'ZOOI. SOC. India 12 (2): 229-238, Gorbunoyaj 1963-1967.. On larvae, spawning and distribution of Scombroid larvae in Trudy Inst. Okeanol 62, 80 & Sea pQQd Trade Journai 2 (6). Hiemstra, W.H, 1962. A" correlation table as an aid for identifying pelagic fish eggs in plankton samples J. cons, perm int. Explor. Mer.i.27, Hock, P.P.'C and Ehrenbaum, E. 1911. Tables for the determination of the planktonic eggs of fishes occurring in the North sea and neighbouring waters (excluding the Baltic) Rapp. P.V, Reuni. cbhs* Perm. int. Explor, Mer. 13. Holt, E.W,ii and Scott, S.D. 1898. A record of teleostean eggs and larvae observed at PlyniQUth in 1S97. J. Mar, biol. Ass. U.K.. 5s 156-171. Hubbs, C.L, 1943. Terminology of early stages of fishes. Copeia (4); 260, " -22- John, M.A. 1951. Pelagic Fish eggs, and larvae of the Madras coast Jjj. 2po.l. Soc. India 3(1) Jones, R»^W.' Martin and J.D. Hardy 1978. Development ,. . •; of the fishes of the mid-Atlantic bight, an Atlas of egg, larval and Juvenile stages I-IV. • U.S. Dept. Interior, publ. Jones, S. 1937. Observations oh the breeding habits and development of certain brackish water fishes of Adayar, Madras, Proc. Ind. Acad. Sci. 5 (6); 261-289. Jones 1.949. Breeding and development of Indian' Fresh water and Brackish water fishes part III. J. Bombay. Nat. Hist. Soc. 46 (3) s 453-^471 . Jones 1958-1967. {larvae of tunas and hill fishes) Indian J. Fish. 5. 6. 7^ 8. 9 & J<. Mar. Biol. Ass. India 1 (2). Jones and P. Bensam 1968. An annotated bibliography on the:breeding habits and development of fishes of the Indian region Bull. Cent.: Mar. Fish; Res. Inst. No.3. Jones and Kumaran, M. 1963. (Larval tunas and bill fishes from the Indian Ocean and Indo-Pacific Dana Expedition. FAQ Fish Rep. No.6; Proc. Svmp. Scombroid fishes Mandapam Camp, pt./1, Jones, S. and Kumaran, M, 1964. Eggs, larvae and juveniles of Indian Scombroid, fishes Proc. Symp. ScombroId'- fishes, Mandapam Camp. pt. Is 343-378. Jones, S, and P.M.G. Menon. 1951. Notes on bionomics and developmental stages of some Indian flat fishes. J. Zool. Soc. India 3 {1): 71-73. ;: Lebour, M.V. 1919-1927. On young of gobiids, post-larvae of pilchard, aprat and herring J. Mar. Biol. Ass. U.K. Vol. 12-14. : . -23- MatsumotO| W.M. 1958, pescription and distribution of ; larv«^ df four species of tuna in Central Pacific . ,: waters; U^5. Fish. Bull^ 128. Vol. 58; 29-72, Matsumotc, W,M. 1959.,: Pescription of Euthvnnus and - Auxis larvae ,from the Pacific and Atlantic oceans and adjacent seas. Dana Rep,. 50; 1-34. Matsunioto,,'W.M. 1962. Iderjtification 3f larvae of four species of tuna froiri the Indo-Pacific Region I. Ibid. 55r .;3^15. • "; : ' Matsumoto, W.M. 1968. Morphology and distribution of Larval wahoo Acanthocybium solandri (Cuvier) in the Central Pacific Ocean. U.S. Fish. Bull. 66 (2): 299-322. -'• M'lntpsh and Masterman 1897. The Life histories of British Marine Food Fishess 467 pp. C.^.? Clay, London. Mito, S, 1960."Keys to the pelagic fish eggs and hatched larvaq found i.)r) the adjacent \fvaters of Japan, Sci. > Bull:, of the Faculty of Agriculture, Kyushu University, Vol; 18, (1): 71-94 17 platbs, : (Ja|3anese with Resume in English). Mito, S. 1961. Studies on pelagic, fish'eggs;_ and hatched larvae fdund in the adjacent waters of Japan. Records of oceanographicwork.s. in Japan (Special

••':>.•:.' No.5). ^'-^ '. . . .:-".'-^'"'"V^''^.:. ' Nair, R.V. 1952, iStudies on some fish eggs iand larvae of the Madras Plankton Proc. Indian Acad. Sci. '35 6: I81-20EV.:,.' *• • '''•. •' '""^.r-:^ ;^ \/'••• Nair, R.V. 1959. Notes pn spawning: habits and early life history of the oil sardine (Sardinella lonq^ceps Cuv. VaJ. Indian J, Fish, 6 (2); 343-359, Nair, R,V, 1961, General remarks on'Indian leptoceph'li Proc. Indian Acad. Sci. 52 B (5): 228-252. -24- Peter, K.J, 1969, Larvae of Rastrelliqer (mackerel) from the Indian Ocean, Bull, Nat. Inst. Sci. India 38. 771-777 Petersen, G.E.J. 1892-1919* Series of papers on Post larval stages of Pleuronectidae Rep, Dan, Biol, Stn. Vols. 2, 3. Richards, W.J. and Klaw, W.L. 1972. Indexed bibliography of the eggs and young of the tunas and other Scombroidae (Pisces, Scombridae) 1880-1970 NDAA Tech. Rep. NMFS SSRF, (652): 107 p. Russel, F.S. 1976, The' eggs and planktonic stages of British Marine Fishes Acad. Press. London: 524 pp. Schmidt 1904-1918. Series of papers on post larval stages(halibut, cod, hake, eel etc) in Med dr. Kommn Havsunders, Ser. Fishkeri vols. 1 & 2. Schnakenbeck, W. 1928. Beitrag Zur Kenntris der Entwicklung elnlger Meeres fische 1. Ber. dt. wiss Komm. Meereforsch N.F. 4 Heft 4, 119-229. Schuster, W.H, 1952, Eggs and larvae of Chanos chanos Fish culture in brackish water ponds of Java Indo-Pacific Fish Connc, Spl, Publ, No.1. Silas, E.G. 1974. Larvae of Indian mackerel Rastrelliqer kanaqurta (Cuvier) from the West Coast of India. Indian J. Fish 21 (1): 233-253. Ueyanegi, S. 1959-63,(on larvae of tunas and billfishes) Rep. Nankai req. Res. Lab. 1-10, 11, 17, 24 and Bull Far Seas Research Lab. 2. Vatanachai, S. 1974, The identification of fish egOs and larvae obtained from the survey cruises in the south China Sea Proc, IPFC 15th session 1972: 111-130. Yabe, H. and S, Ueyanagi 1962. Cont-ributions to the study of the early life history of the tunas. Occasional Rep.of the Nankai Rep.Lab. No.1 57-72. CMFRl/Sl/1989/Th.VI (1) :

6.1 COLLECTION OF MATERIAL III I JIM |l|lipMiliM1HiMWH«»*llW»i|iiiiil"Wi"ii^>MWIiii>i .—piMtiW i — IMI Hill ^ III •

^ • , By.' ''-:"•'''':'''' :: ; ' "^ K.J. Mathew

Scientist (Selection Grade)

(Central Marine Fisheries Research Institute, Cochin)

6.1,1 History of plankton sampling; Plankton sampling,by nets started a little more, than 150 years ago and it is therefore v6ry much in its infancy compared to fishing operations. In 1828, a surgeon, Dr. J,. Vaughan Thompson made a small net to sample crab and barnacle larvae., Darwin used a small net on the Beagle and in 1844 Muller us6d a small meshed conical net to catch a host of minute -creatures. This simple tool was the foundation for our knowledge of plankton especially to the taxonomists,^ • Plankton was soon realised to be more than a , systematistJs concern, and because it had such significance in the productivity of the sea, the food chain and in the identification of water masses, planktologists wanted to know how to relate the number of organisms found in the volume of water filtered, their distribution in depth, space and time and their daily, seasonal and annual variations. ,. Icthyoplankton research has played an important role in marine science and its application to fisheries since the end of the la-st century. I't has contributed not only to the clarification of basic problems of fish . taxonomy, ecology, zoogeography and life history but also to the exploitation of fishery resources, a better understanding of the fish behaviour and the study of fish population dynamics. The fishery oriented targets of icthyoplankton surveys include exploration for potential -2- fishery resources, location of spawning concentrations of fish stocks, monitoring of long term changes in the composition and abundance of resources and in spawning times and areas (Hempel, 1973). The study can be much more effective in tracing of fluctuations in spawning stocks by estimating the abundance of their eggs and young larvae, forecasting'year class strength on the basis of the abundance of older larvae, estimating abundance of a stock based on its spawning population, and discriminating between stocks of the? same species.• In short inchyo- plankton surveys can be an additional method of estimating fish stock abundance complimentary to 'other methods of resource evaluation.

The need for so much comprehensive quantitative knowledge brought with it a number of sampling problems such as the sampler,' its mesh size and material, the volume of water filtered, closing devices, measurement pf the depth of sampling, speed of tow, avoidance and escapement. This was more so when it became necessary to make taxa specific sampling as in the case of icthyo- plankton". .The early life history stages of fishes are restricted, by depth, usually to the upper mixed layers. The passive eggs and feebly swimming larvae ar§ quite vulnerable to capture. Many marine fisheshave pelagic eggs and most have pelagic larvae. Thus it' is easy to ' quantitatively sample several species over broad areas with a Simple plankton net, 6,1,2 Collection of icthyoplankton 6,1,2,1 Collection with net The most-widely used apparatus for collecting plankton in general is a plankton net. Typically a plankton net consists of a cone of bolting silk or equivalent material mounted on a ring to which are -3- attached three thin bridles spliced on to a smaller ring by means of which the net' can be shackled to a towing rope. Modern nets of all patterns differ from this simple plan by'having the first part of the net, i.e., the part attached to-the ring, of thin canvass, thus making the net stronger. Also the end of the cone is left open and is reinforced by strong material and a small container - the plankton bucket - is attached to this end. This bucket receives niost of the plankton a# th^ net is'towed along. (Fig. 6.1.1). 6.1.2.2 Hensen egg and larval net This net developed by Hensen (1895) is used for collecting mostly tnacroplankton particularly fish eggs and larvae. The frame of the net consists of two metal rings connected vertically by four metal bars. The outer ring has a diameter of^75 cm and the lower ring has a diameter of 100 cm. The filtering portion of the net is 130 cm long and it is attached to an upper canvass portion, 55 cm in.length. The opening at the head is reduced to increase the ratio of filtering area of the net to its mouth area and dt the same time by means of • the canvass head piece the back wash is minimised while the net is towed. There is a colle<:ting bucket attached to the lower end of the ret through a canvass piece of • 10 cm long. At the top there are three bridles attached to the upper ring which are spliced to form an' eye to which is shackled the towing line. From the lower ring three thin ropes are attached to the bucket which protects the netting from strain while hauled up. To maintain the vertical position of the net while hauling a sinker is attached to the bucket. (Fig. 6.1.2,).

6.1.2.3 Juday net Juday (1916) made a net in which the non-filtering cone was of the same size and tapered.as the net itself. (Fig, 6,1.3), -4- 6,1,2.4 Indian.Ocean Standard Net This is another vertically operated net designed by Currie (1963) for use during the International Indian Ocean Expedition. Since the basic plan of constructing the net is the same as that of a typical net, the material used and the various dimensions are given below (Fig.6,1,4).

Section Diam Length Material Mesh (cm) (mm)

A 113 7.0 Nylon netting " 12.5 B 113 30 Terrylene sail cloth - C 113 100 Nylon 0.33 D' 113-10 300 Nylon 0.33 (T apering)

6,1.2.5. Closing net Samples are taken vertically to give a measure of the plankton under one square metre surface. When it is required to sample a particular strata of the water column, the closing nets are used. Nansen has developed a simple type of net for this purpose. The net can be used for vertical hauls in which case it takes the form of step-wise catches from one depth to the next, in order to determine the vertical distribution of the plankton. The net can be closed at any desired depth, by means of a messenger which releases the bridles* (Fig. 6.1,5). To sample the whole vertical column repeatedly by a single closing net is time consuming. This led to the development of multidepth sampling equipment (Be, 1962), 6.1,2.6 Bongo net A high speed plankton sampler which is effectively used for catching fish eggs and larvae is the BonQo net. I -5- I (McGowan & Brown, 1966) It is a twin net fixed side I by side on an axis or yoke to which the hauling line is \ attached. } Hanging from the axis in between the two nets is f the depressor of prescribed weight. Two types of Bongo 1i nets are usually= used? • one • with 20 cm mout' h diamete- r j and the other with 60 ,cm mouth diameter. • In the Bongo i net, the turbulance in front of the net caused by the I towing bridles is absent thus minimising the net avoidance I by fast moving organisms like fish larvae. The Bongo ! net is used for makihg oblique hauls while the ship is \ in motion. The moving ship and the net hailing speed make { the hauling faster and therefore the fast moving organisms I like fish larvae ard also caught in the net along with ' I other zoopiankton, (Fig^. 6.1.6). I 6.1.2.7 Continuous plankton recorder? I The plankton recorder developed by Hardy (1936, I 1939) is a unique instrument. In this instrument the net j guaze runs through the water in the same way as a firlm in a camera, filtering the plankton which streams through. J The covering gauze then covers the collecting gauze and J both together are rolled up into a container which is \ filled with formalin solution in order to preserve the i plankton. The strip of gauze is moved by the action of I a prPpeller^ which is driven by purely mechanical means j as the result of the movement of the vessel. The rate I of transport of the gauze is regulated at the speed which I is so small that the advance of 1 cm is equivalent to one j knot of the travelling stretch. Despite the small mouth, measuring less than 2 cm^ the collecting capacity - even 5 for larger organisms - Is very good. The instrument can I sustain a travelling speed of 8 to 17 knots per hour. j (Fig. 6.1.7). • . j 6.1.3.1 Mesh size artd material I Plankton varies considerably in size from microscopic -6- * protozoans and minute larval forms to fast moving fish larvae and therefore a range is needed both in mesh sife and in amount of water filtered.. The gauze used in plankton nets influences not only the size of the organisms caught but also filtration ef^ficiemcy, drag, . clogging, velocity and condition of the catch. For effective sampling plankton gauze should have the following properties; (1) the meshes should be square, (2) the mesh apperture should be uniform, (3) the material of the strands should be stiff enough to resist bending or stretching, but flexible enough to allow self•cleaning action, (4) the nature of the weave should prevent strands from sliding cut of place and should prevent the meshes from distorting diagonally, (5) the porocity should not change^when the net is immersed in water, (6) the material of the strand should not abrade easily and -(7) it should resist degradation by sunlight and by chemicals used in cleaning. The plankton gauze are usually made of nylon or silk. General industrial screening gauses, made of stainless steel are used for rigid nets. Metal and most synthetic gauzes have monofilament strands. Silk and some nylon gauzes have multifilament strands. (Fig. 6.1.8). The mesh size used for collecting fish eggs and larvae is 0.505 mm. For the collection of general zooplankton the net fabric with 0.33 mm is used. 6.1.4.1 Types of hauls 6.1.4.2 Vertical haul; In a vertical haul the entire water column is filtered through from the bottom to the surface, or only a top part is filtered. The net is lowered to the determined depth from the anchored ship and"slowly hauled up. The hauling speed is determined principally by the mesh width of the net (1 m/sec. for a 300 "i^ net). -7- . ^ a weight is attached to the net, bucket, - 6.1.4.3 Horizontal haul; Thfe horizontal haul is used to obtain plankton sampleis from a particular water layer. A weight holds the net while it is being towed in the depth. The depth position of the net can be determined from the wire angle and the length of the cable paid out. Horizontal haul can be done at any water depth from surface to bottom, 6.1.4.4 Qblique haul; It Is a combination of the two other types of haul. The net is lowered to a particular depth from a stationary ship. Afterwards the vessel is slowly moved forward and slowly .the net would come up to the surface filtering' an oblique coiumh of water. The advantage of this method is that the water column Is more intensively filtered in this manner than in a vertical haul. In another type of oblique haul, the ship will be in motion while the net is being lowered as well as hauled up. • 6.1.5 Volume of water filtered One of the first essentials in quantitative plankton sampling is to know the volume cf water filtered. The simple calculation- is based on the length of:tew and the area of mouth (n r2 h). Clogging of the meshes introduces an error ^nto this calculation. One method to overcome this was to increase the filtering area. An alternative was to reduce the area of the mouth by a nonfUtering cone. Inspite of all these modifications, the unka.cvn variable factor - clogging - limited the accuracy of calculation. Here the need of the flow meter becomes significant. The simplest flow meters indicate.the'number of revolutions of the impeller blades on a series of dials or on a counter. The TSK flowmeter (Nakai, 1954) has proved to be a highly reliable and sturdy meter of the dial type. The flowmeter used in recent times is the digital flow meter of the hydrobios type. It is a small device with a propeller at one end. There is a small window on one side where the revolutions of the propeller being transmitted through a series of toothed wheels are indi­ cated in numbers. The flowmeter is to be calibrated before using. The number of revolutions is to be transformed into the quantity of water filtered by.the net in which it is used. For this, the flow meter fitted to the net has to be towed several times in an experimental tank' for known distance and calculated for the volume of water filtered. 6,1,6, Some problems confronting plankton collection •^^ - The critical problem area in sampling as regards quality is that of net avoidance by larvae," To decrease this there has been a tendency to increase hauling speed. However, the value of the increased catch of larger larvae has ..to be weighed against two adverse effects of increased speed; increased loss of small eggs and larvae through mesh aperture of the net due to increased filtration pressure at higher speed (the extrusion problem) and poorer condition of the specimens retained. It has been found that for all gears fish eggs and larvae were in the best condition from hauls made at slow vessel speed and damage to specimens became increasingly greater with increase in speed of hauling. 6,1.7 Criteria for fixing and preserving eel larvae Although many characters are used ia identifying leptocephali, those of body shape and pigmentation are most likely to be affected by unsatisfactory preservation. Distortion of body can occur in formaldehyde fixed and preserved material through absorption of liquid into the tissues with resultant swelling and occasionally final splitting of the specimen. Considerable shrinkage in body length can occur in alcohol held material and it _9- may reach as much as 5/o. Accurate body lengths are particularly impprtant in growth studies. Alcohol and cork combination should never be used because the muscle tissue of leptocephalus readily takes up the colouring matter which dissolves out of the cork. If this happens, important internal structures such as vertical blood vessels to and from the viscera are obscured as well as the deep pigment around the vertebral column and on the spinal cord if the latter is present. Most preserved leptocephali can be held for micros­ copic observation between glass slips, but the more rigid l^odied metamorphic forms should be preserved flat or extended. The number and disposition of larval teeth is often an importfint character as in the delicate median fin. Careful handling of leptocephali during preservation and storing is therefore essential. The specimen is satisfactorily preserved for identification if it shoV'/s the following characteristics; (a) body undistorted, relatively flexible, but still with a certain amount of rigidity, (b) melanophores and chorioid pigsent of the eyes jet black or even very dark brown, (c) myomeres translucent white or colourless, not coloured brown, (d) larval teeth complete and (e) fins undamaged,

6.1,8 References Be, A.W.H. 1962. Quantitative multiple opening and closing plankton samplers. Deep Sea Res., 9: 144-51. Currie, R.I. 1963. The Indian Ocean Standard Net. .Deep Sea Res., 10 (1 & 2)s 27-32. Hcmpel, G. 1973. (Ed.) Fish eggs and larval studies (Contributions to a manual) FAQ Fish. Tech. Pap.. 122: 82 pp. -10- Hensen, V, 1895, Methcdik der Unters.uchungen bei plankton expedition, Ergebh. Atl. Ozean Planktonexped. Humbolt-Stiffinq. 1: 200 pp. McGowan, J.A, and D.M. Brown 1966. A new opening closing paired zooplankton net. SIO Ref. (Scripps Inst, Oceanogr.), (66-23), Hardy, A.C. 1936. The continuous plankton recorder? a now method of survey. Rapp. P.-v. Reun, Cons, Perm, ^^j^ Explor, Mer,, 95; 35-47. Hardy, A.C. 1939. Ecological investigations with continuous plankton recorders Object plan and methods, Hull Bull, mar. Ecol,, 1 (1): 1-57.

UNESCO 1968, Zooplankton sampling. Monographs on Oceanographic Methodology -2, UNESCO Publn..174 pp. UNESCO 1975. Icthyoplankton, UNESCO Technical papers in Marine 'Sciences. No. 20^ Report of Jthe CICAR Icthyoplankton Workshop. 46 pp. I

CMFRI/Sl/1989/Th.VI (2) SURVEY OF EGGS AND LARVAE IN SPACE AND TIME By K.C. George Principal Scientist

(Central Marine Fisheries Research Institute. Cochin) icthyoplankton surveys are carried out mainly to:

1. Obtain basic knowledge on taxonomy, distribution and ecology of this CQinponent in the plankton. 2. To use the quantitative data obtained for exploring new fishery resources and to determine the relative abundance and distribution of economically important species,' . '- . 3. To complement knowledge of fish population dynamics and to use the results tc estimate spawning biomass by estimating abundance of eggs and young larvae, 4. Feredasting year class strength on the basis of the abundance of older larvae. Icthyoplankton- surveys are accepted as one of the useful methods to monitor the adult populations and estimate biomass, ' The early life history stages of marine fishes are pass,iye and are usually found in the upper mixed .layers, 'Most, eggs and almost all larvae are pelagic and it is easy to sample several species over a wide area with simple plankton nets, t'The index of larval abundance has been shown to provide faifly reliable estimates of biomass of their adults as in; the case of pacific mackerel, sardine and ancliovy, .^- However, there are problems associated with this like taxonomic, technical and statistical nature. Problems involved in taxonomy are mainly due to the limited number of specialists knowledgeable in the identification of c 1 0 • to CM x: to 1 CD o CO ^ 0 •H CO (H 0 CD •« •H •k u •k 0) o a X! CD •rH c to +> 5 0 4J e« 4K CO CcD -•-» • f^ D D o >• S: CD C o CO X3 G 3 -P CD 2 •o CO O 0) c -•-' M c M -'-^k -o rH CO 3: CD M 0 £ •H D- CO E «k •H 0 o o c M -P x: o CD n OJ o +J 1— 0 rH X3 +> CO 0 a o -P o 0 o CO Xi x: C D: 4J to Q> c •H C CO CO •H CO vO •¥> CD C rH c 14 C +J X u CD ^ HH CO u t"- -p CD ro X! T3 •H -M ,cu o 4J rH o u O CD 3 rj CD O fC w +J o 0 0 f-i S O CO a x: c x: t— o CO •H ^ •iH 5 •H CH XX M to T- CD c O * c •—' c o o D O OJ -H x: CO CO 0) <; a c x: 0 X! ^ +> c c O o CD r-i > o o X3 •H C c QJ -*-> •H Q £ 0 CO CO M C •H CD CO CD o •H X3 rH xz o» fH 0 u u Pk a 4J fO J4 M-i G c u •H M C cn CD 0 +J -P 0 < o CD 0 c -P CO O C c a c C rH V O ,X5 U, 0 'CD •H (H o >: U CO 0 Xi CD rH X5 0 •H. O •H o CO- M •H OJ .r^ (0 ^3- 4J ^"^ 0 JC OH +J X3 O c CD p x: od (D a 6 c c •k eG> rH •H £ o c -o •H O^ rH OJ -H CM •P n CO CD . CD a -p CD X3 E o •H •H •-{ - O O X! 0 S c rH X5 X3 C rH JQ O n3 rH CO 0) 3 X5 C CO C Cfl CcD fC C 0 cr. c ^ u o o .ij > a >. c c O o M o X5 •H M CD W a m, K— T! 0 • CD C X5 •H o X! CD •H en 0 CD 0 x: H U . fO •H O O 6 CO B -o C c x: xs nH C Xi >^ Di O CO 0 -p 0 (X n rH CH M CO 5 o c •^ O 0 CO c »"v CD c: sz.. . 0 HJ T5 0 o H Di X3 x: c •H a CD ^ +> CD C c > •4-> r- -i-» rH rH ^ o >• o CD •z •P x: c j<; 0 0 o CO- CO H C rH rH > •H K CO \^ o CO H jQ •H C> (D rH M E •H CO CD ^ > M o «»-l 0) (D ro rH . •H o X! O iH fu r— >- CD D CO T— CO ja CD X5 D •H •H •"H x: CD to •H CH > D o O +-» m M CO x: fn —.' 0 a a x:- +' 6 c c*^ 0 N CO CD 0 <. CD > 0 t- «» 'rH o o O u CD 0 C CD •H c 0 1 x: +J 0) -P +J H 0 •o 6 M Q <•—» NO 3 CD •H 0 Xi u Cp M cu tp to •H 0 est o CO X3 Ci CO CO •H CD •D o 3 CNJ M-i '^ CO +-> CO 5 c o c -P X2 1 OJ c •H CD 4J rH O CO C M CO vO o ON 0 C CO C CD (S> 0 •k c o CD H* TS >- •H +J C •H 0) CD O 4-' • O »— U •H C o c -P > to x: <—V o •H -P CO. C fD > ro CO !t5 T5 CH •H -^ V CO -H in ^— MH U •H CD tn CD •p •p t- +J CO CO (U e rH +> to D C •H +J CD C^ •H CD « ~—^ .H «k 0 CO O +J 0 x: c t-- CO O x: • O CO G) cr CD- O M +^ in x: > D 3 in x: C -P U o c , 3 c ON CO 0 X3 o G) x: > o ro •H 4-* 0^ < M XI O ^ -p o c 0 o CD 0 o •H ^— rH • rH 0 0 ro e o c TJ c >. CO Of x: O ^f_ CD 0 o ON •H n .H 0 to o -P ^-^ rH -P c? > •H •H •H C M rH Cn •fj w •a rH x: Jii 0 ^— c •P .H c O 0 o c •^ <. •a o CD CD M -H x: fC a H- Oi cy »t c +j CD x: >_-• o. O 0 O CD O x: CD c ^ 0 o M U fO 5 CO cn- 0 x: Q «« ^ CD •o M +» o x: o •H i- •H r- CO CD. 0 -H rH CO a en GJ •4-» x: ^ lO c «4-t Q. c T5 --i -p Xi c rH -P ON CD CO LU a > a> CO OJ fH c CL' 4J 00 o *—X CO o C c CD 0 rH -«-^ c CD CD o ir— r- O. 0 o « 03 o a •r-t 0 x:. o T— (M o •H x: •P o en in M •H m M X} rH HH CO O •u c •k o c CO •H o +» •H x: +3 o c •r~~ NO CO CO o X5 M o c NO X3 v> 0 •H rH ^— HH 0 CQ >. CD O •H •- 0 C Q) C 14 ON 0 >• H > E a c e c CO •^ OJ T-" cr> o 0 n a rH M 1 x: M •H 0 -P NO 5 •b 0 rH 0 « a. 0 CD a o +> XI D1 CO ON n x: 0 -P C31 QJ (0 a> n CO o B 0) rH o a • u . w > Q NO 0 o •H T— CO CD H X5 CD cn +J c M CO +J 0 »- • rH CO 0 •3 TJ N ON «H x: -p 0 X> CD J»i •H a ITS Wt s o '.* (0 •H CD 3 U CO c ^—^ CD »— o •p <0 E AS 5 3 o rH T5 x: 0) m •r^ CH «« -tU CD •H CD lO '-1 1 o H n •»->» •H cp x: cr a C +J CD > C" -M O 00 0 > CO 'cr w CO x: 0 to •H 0, o c E rH U) 0) Di 6 TO +J f^ o •H O '^ -« > 0 u O rH ON n 0 -p > 0 •¥> 1^ CD o 0 •H XI C CD -tJ C CD D fH c CO o 0 x: 0 cn CD ^-" c 9, f-» •rH •H cp x: 0 ON O, fH x: •H +*! T—' «<-( CD (n (0 •H -O CO a M -— *" 0| CO -p w 0 OQ ^^ CD M CD 5 •P o HJ Ch •^-^ *H to -3- Nellen (1973) made a detailed study on the kinds and , abundance of the fish larvae from the cruise of R.V. Meteor in the Arabian Sea and Persian Gulf during 1964-65, when some sections covering the shelf waters.of the SW coast of India were also worked. Another recent contribution with a quantitative approach, from areas adjacent to Indian coasts is of Alikhan (1972), who studied the distribution and abundance of fish larvae in the Gulf of Aden and off the coast of west Pakistan based on miaterial collected during 1964-'67 period, in 9 different cruises. Silas (1974) described in detail the different larval stages of Indian mackerel and mapped their distri­ bution and abundance off the SW coast of India and the Laccadives sea, based on material from cruises of R.V. Varuna in 1964. Sampling system for Icthyoplankton surveys; The field operations will have to be conducted from ships of appropriate size, with a hydrographic winch and, meter "block. An inclimometer to measure the wire angles' is also required. The 'Bongo 60', a twin ring (0.6 m dia) net towed at slow speed (2-3 knots) is recommended as a suitable gear for ichthyoplankton sampling. It is a bridle free net, the towing rope being connected to the yoke joining the two rings of the net. A hydrodynamic depressor (gbout 20 kg) is suspended beneath the frame. The towing frame is fitted with two cylindrical conical nets.made of monofilament synthetic netting. One net (0,505 mm mesh) pan be used as a principal ichthyo­ plankton sampling net,and the other (0.333 mm) may be used for plankton biomass studies or fish egg and larvae escapement and extrusion studies. The use of soft cod . ends is recommended as a matter of handling ease and also spillage back into the net is also likely to be -4- less than with hard plankton bucket. The cod ends are made of the same type of material and mesh size as the net cones. A calibrated flow meter is fixed to the mouth of each cone if the cones are of different mesh sizes or only to one cone if they are of same mesh size. Plankton t^ws The ship is stopped and the depth at station is recorded. The initial flow meter reading and winCh meter reading are to be checked and zeroed. The net is lowered to surface of water and the ship set underway. The nets are allowed to stream off at surface briefly and lowered without entangling. Enough wire length is released to reach the net to the desired depths, eg. to lower the net to a depth of 210 m with wire angle of 45°, requires that 300 m of wire be let out (wire angle ' is the deviation from the vertical). Length of wire out x cosine 45° = net depth 300 m X 0.707 = 210 m ' A depth of tc^ graph can be prepared to have instant check on the wire to be paid out for the desired depth. While the ship is underway, the wire is; paid out and after reaching the desired depth, retrieved at the same speed. This is called a continuous oblique tow.- After taking up the net on board and washing down, the flow meter final reading is recorded. To be more accurate regarding the time of tow a stop watch can be used to record the sinking time (the time to reach the desired depth) and retrieval time. Anomalies in flow meter reading can happen due to varying ship speed, clogging of the net etc. While a typical exercise in ichthyoplankton collection for quantitative studies has been detailed above, a survey to cover spawning of any species in a wide area and time requires efforts of several boats. -5- Efforts on these lines were made during the several surveys conducted by Ahlstrom (1941-1972) in the eastern Pacific for pilchard, and the sardine. In the Japanese waters during the post-war years (1949) co-operative Iwashi resources surveys incorporated eggs and larval surveys in the programme. (Nakai and Hattori, 1949-51).. As the spawning grounds of the species were concentrated in the coastal areas, extension of the survey to offshore areas was not necessary as in the case of oil sardine, mackerel and other small pelagics in Indian waters. Cost of egg and larval surveys; The cost in terms of vessel time and human effort required for egg and larval surveys is considerable. However any other type of vessel survey like acoustic and fishing for objectives like fish stock size estimate would require vessel time cos^:, but the survey results can be made available more quickly than in the case of egg and larval surveys, where processing material and data will take relatively more time. Processing of material and data: The plankton sample is washed out to bottles of appropriate capacity and labels put with details on Date/ Station No./Ship/Cruise No./Time/Gear/Position/Pepth of tow etc. Two labels one inside and one over the bottle are to be used. The sample is normally preserved in formaline of 4-5?S strength taking care to add enough laboratory grade formaline required for the volume of the full sample bottle. The preserving liquid may be about 3 times the actual plankton material volume. To get the required strength of 5% solution of formaline in a half litre jar 50 ml of concentrated commercial formalin can be added. 10 ml of sodium borate solution in sea water is added for each litre of preserved; sample to counteract acidity. . -6- In tropical conditions airconditioned, temperature controlled storage of material is advised. For standard ichthyoplankton survey physical oceanographic data at the stations are useful supple­ mentary information. This includes, temperature salinity and dissolved O2 of the column sampled. Laboratory procedurest • - Volume estirr^ate Net"volume estimate by displacement method for each sample. (a) Total volume including all material (b) Volume excluding large items, whose individual volume exceeds 5 ml. Sorting? It is recommended that total samples be sorted for fish eggs and larvae whenever possible and fractioning may be limited to exceptionally large samples. The 'Folsom splitter' is a standard apparatus for dividing plankton samples into aliquot portions. Sorting is done usually under a dissecting microscope (x 10 times). Identification: Preliminary identification to family level may be possible during sorting by skilled technicians, while final identification needs careful scrutiny by experts. However if a survey is for a particular species only such* material need be isolated and studied. Storing identified material; It is usual to store identified eggs and larvae in vials and closed with cotton plug and finally stored in a mother bottle containing appropriate strength preservative. Study of survey data and interpretation: The basic data for estimation of abundance of eggs and larvae are obtained from systematic.sampling at regular time intervals at a number of stations distributed rather evenly through space. Integration of data from different cruises in relation to space and time is needed. Two assumptions underlie this method of treatment: (1) The distribution of egg concentrations through space and through time are continuous (2) the egg concentration gradients between points in space and tirte are linear. The number of eggs/larvae taken from each haul is made comparable with the numbers from other samples by referring all collections to a common basis- the number of eggs under a standard unit area of the sea (say 10 square metres). The number of eggs taken under a standard area may represent an accumulation of eggs from spawning in one day or more as the case may be. Reliable estimates of annual abundance of larvae are more difficult than for planktohic eggs because of net avoidance and variation" in diurnal behaviour of larvae. However some of the difficulties have been overcome by the development of high speed nets and sampling day and night etc. Methods of estimation of abundance of eggs and larvae; 1. Construction of lines of equal abundance (isometric lines) on charts of distributions and integrating the areas with the contour lines. (Buchanan - Wollaston, 1915, 1923, 1926). 2. Sette (1943) based his estimate of annual abundance of haddock eggs on the average catch of all the cruises. The UNDP/FAO Pelagic fishery project, Cochin in its Ichthyoplankton survey adopted the first method and identified the areas of abundance of fish eggs and larvae. -8- However this work was not elaborated to estimate the stock size, but hither to little known information on. the spawning time area and regionwise relative abundance of spawn products were gathered for the project area investigated. For calculation of standard indices of abundance, the number of eggs/larvae under one m-^ surface was computed. This was done by multiplying the original numbers for each station with sampling depth and dividing by the volume of water filtered. Volume of water filtered is computed from the calibrated flowmeter revolutions for each haul. N X D V . These standardised numbers for each station are plotted for different periods or integrated for the year to get a synoptic picture of the relative densities of the spawn products. New forecasting the fisheries on the basis of indices of abundance of eggs/larvae involves a series of further estimates giving allowance for mortalities in the progressive development of the spawn products. It i,s easier to base this on the older larvae, thus eliminating the factor of mortality. So a relative index of abundance of Iste larvae could possibly be an index of the magnitude of recruitment into the fishery. However, it is a pretty time consuming exercise to arrive at this index before the start of a seasons fishery, especially,if the fishery immediately follows as in the case of the oil sardine or mackerel. Nowadays 0 - group surveys for young recruits are adopted in temperate waters to forecast fisheries, It would appear that these two methods can supplement each others the larval abundance index enabling to get an idea of the forthcoming trend of fishery, earlier than the 0 - group abundance index which can be built up only later. In this connection, it is to be borne in mind that egg and larval surveys applicable to some of the temperate region fisheries are less appropriate in the case of tropical fisheries. -9-. ^ This is due, to the reason that in temperate waters the spawning of fishes is relatively restricted in space and time and the hatching and larval development are slow, which enable a full assessment of the abundance of the spawn products. In case of most tropical species eggs hatch out within 24 - 48 hours and the larval development is also much faster. Still as a standard method either by itself or in combination with methods like 0 - group abundance studies apd .acoustic surveys, egg and larval surveys are considered to be tseful in the forecast of fisheries. References Achari, G.P.K. and S.G. Vincent 1972. Studies on the occurrence of the larvae and juveniles .of the oceanic skipjack (Katsuwonus^pelamis) and oriental bonito (Sarda orientalis) from the inshore waters of the southwest coast of.India. Symp. Pelagic Fisheries Resources of the seas around India. Cochin, 1972. Abst. No.27. Ahlstrom, E.H. 1948. A repord of pilchard eqgs and larvae collected during surveys made in 1939 to 1941. Fish and Wildl. Serv. Spec. Sci. Rep. No. 54; 76 pp. Ahlstrom, E.H. 1952, Pilchard eggs and larvae and other fish larvae, Pacific coast 1950. Ibid. No.80: 58 pp. Ahlstrom, E.H. 1954. Distribution and abundance of egg and larval populations of the Pacific sardine. U.S. Fish Bull. 93. Vol.56: 83-140. Ahlstrom, E.H. 1959 a. Distribution and abundance of eggs of the Pacific sardine, 1952-1956. Ibid. 60: 185-213. -10- Ahlstrom, E.H. 1959 b. Vertical distribution of pelagic fish eggs and larvae off California and Baja California. Ibid. 161. Vol.60: 107-143. Ahlstrom, E.H. 1968. Appraisal of the IIOE larval fish collection at lOBC, Cochin, India - UNESCO Inform. Pap. 137; 1-10. Anon, 1974. Plankton, fish eggs and larvae studies Progress Report No. 7, UNDP/FAO Pelagic Fishery Project, Cochin: 21 pp. Anon, 1976. Plankton fish eggs and larvae studies Ibid 17: 27 pp. Boonprakob, U. 1962. Preliminary results of fish eggs survey in the Gulf of Thailand. Proc. IPFC. 10 (2): 10-18. English, T.S. 1963. A theoretical model for estimating the abundance of planktonic fish eggs - contri. No.305 Symp. on the Measurement of abundance of fish stocks (ed) J.A, Gulland, Rapports gt Process Verbaux Pes Reunions (155): 174-182. George, K.C. 1989. Results of Ichthyoplankton surveys along the south west coast of India with special reference to pelagic fish resources (In press) J. Mar. Biol. Ass. 31. Marak, R.R. and J.B. Colton 1961. Distribution of fish eggs and larvae, Temperature and salinity in the Georges Bank-Gulf of Maine area, 1953 Spl. Sci. Rep. No. 398: 61" p. Marak, R.R, Colton J.B. and Foster 1962 a. Distribution of fish eggs and larvae, temperature and salinity in the Georges Bank - Gulf of Maine area, 1953, Ibid. No. 411: 66 p. Marak, R.R., J.B. Colton, D.F. Foster and David Miller 1962 b. Distribution cf fish eggs and larvae, temperature and salinity in the Georges Bank Gulf of Maine area, 1956. Ibid No. 412: 95 p. Nellen,; W, 1973. Kin,# and abundande of fish larvae in the Arabian ^ea and the Pefsian Gulf. Ecological s.tudies Analysis and synthesis 3 (ed) B. Zeitzschel,

Padoa, E. 1956. Eggs, larvae and juvenile stages of the Scqmbrifo2;Hies^ (in part) of the Gulf of Naples (In Italian - translation No.12 of the tropical Atlantic Biological ^Laboratory Bur. Comml. Fish Miamic 49 pp. 1967). Panikkar, N.K. andfiao, T.S.S . 1973. Zooplankton investi­ gations in the Indian waters arid the role of Indian ocean biological centre lOBC Hand' book V: 111-162. Peter, K.J. 1974. Seasonal variation in the ichthyopjlankton in the Arabian* sfea in relation .to 1^ in the Early history of fish ed. J.H.S. Blaxter, springer- :Verlag, Berlin, • Peter K.J., 1977. Distribution of tuna larvae in the Arabian sea Proc. Symp. on warmwater zooplankton spl. publ. NIO Goa; 36-40. Premalatha, P. 1977. A study of the development and distribution of the larvae of leatherskin Chorinemus sanctipetri (Cuv. & Val) (carangidae-Pisces) along the south-west coast of India Proc. Symp. on- warmwater zooplankton Spl. publ. NIO Goa; 450-459. Raju, N.S. and P.N. Ganapathi 1969. Distribution of fish eggs and larvae in the Bay of Bengal Bull. Nat. Inst. Sci. India 38, Part II: 797-804. Saville, A. ed.^ 1971. Symposium on the biology of early stages and recruitment mechanisms of herring Rapports -et. Process, Verbaux des ReunionsiVol. ''^^" Conseil. Intery Pour. 1' explo. de la Mer. Denmark: 205 pp. Scofield, E.G. 1934. Early life history of California sardine with special reference 9ilistribution of eggs and larvae, Calif. Div. Fish. Game. Fish Bull. 41:48 p. -12- Silas, E.G. and K.C. George 1971. ^n the larval and post larval development and distribution of the mesopelagic fish Vinciquerria nirobaria (Jordan and Williams) family gonostomatidae off the west coast of India and; the Laccadives sea J^. Mar. Biol. Ass. India 11 (1 & 2): 218-250* l/f Sette, O.E. and E.H. Ahlstrom 1941. Estimations of abundance of the Pacific Pilchard (Sardinops caerulea) off Southern California during 1940 and 1941 Ji Mar. Res. 7; 511-542. Smith, P,..E. & S. Richardson 1977. Standard techniques for pelagic fish egg and larval surveys, FAQ Fish. Tech. Pap. (175): 100 pp. Sreekumari, A. 1977. Development and distribution of the larvae of the whitebait Stblephorus zollinqeri Bleeker (Engraulidae) Pisces) along the south-west coast of India. Proc. Svmp. on wa3*m water zooplankton. spl. publ, NIO. Goa: 440-449. Vfenkataramanujam K, and K, Ramamurthi 1974. Seasonal variation in fish eggs and larvae of Porto Novo coastal waters. Indian J. Fish 2-1 j 254-262. m

CMFRl/Sl/1989/Th.VII

TERMINOLOGY OF THE E;\RLY DEVELOPMENTAL STAGES OF MARINE FISHES II ill iir I • I I.I By

P, Bensam Principal Scientist

(Ceptral |yiarir^eJ4l^^^^^ Researgf^ |p^t^1:Mte, pochin)

A perusal of literature shows that over the years various authors have used different terminologies for the various early developmental .stages or, phases of marine fishes. Some of these authors ares Hubbs (1943), Jones (1950), Ahlstrom and Counts (1955), Ahlstrom (1968 b) and Balon (1971, 1976). From all these papers, four principal phases are recognisable, which are; (a) Egg (b) Larva (c) P^^tlarva and (d) Ju'&enile.

(s) JiSSl "^^^^ tern egg is applied to the stage from the time of fertilisation to the one at which the embryo hatcnes out of the chorion (egg capsule). The egg stage is characterised by an exclusively endogenous nutrition from the yolk of the ovum, Balon 1976) has divided the egg stage into three phages, viz., cleavage phase, embryonic phase and eleutheroembryonic phases. It may be noted in this connection that as per the definition given.by Balen (1976), the eleutheroembryonic phase commences only with hatching and is not a phase undergone within the egg. Hence, the inclusion of this phase as part of the egg life is highly questionable. On the other hand Ahlstrom and Counts (1955) have divided the egg or embryonic, period into three stages, i.e,(i) the early egg, from' fertilisation to closure of blastophore, (ii) the Lddle egg, from the closure of blastophore to the o o-

a. e*- t+ 0) fD (n U) C+- H- O •TJ QJ fD 3" > cr 3 *< O c+ H- rt- ^-^ o H- C ro n CA 3" 3 o fD I-- <+ o 3* ei- «+ C c+ fD » H> O (0 < Q» 3 -< o o C O O 3* »A 3 3-^ 3 3 QJ c* (D O 3 O QJ H- 3 (D H- O o QJ H cn fD c«- o c M e+ fD vO fD rt- cr H C 3 »-• cr iQ c+ 3 Q) i"(D • 3* iQ 3 a •< C+ CO H O 3 :o C+- ?r CO a Ui 3 H> H < Q. O O H <• fD fD H T5 h- 3 fD H' fD O >-• •< 3- vQ c 3* 1 f+ c fD H" o Qj fD H* .•< Q» H-- fD iQ •< H ?r O a> e+ < DJ (0 3 3 !-• G) 3" fD CA CA 3- cr 3 fl) H •< o OO fD H- O H> QJ S Q) « 4 »-•• H- 0) O o TT H o 3" a e+ CA H- QJ QJ CA O N H- (D e+ p CA Q) CD 3 H (-• 3- ; t+ rt- < O a a t-" r»- « < c O 3- fD CO O rt- CD c+ < QJ 3 CO 3* f* • H CA H. O l-« (D CD QJ 3 fD fD f> H fD f1 3 •< 3 a 0) t- H H U3 a H> •• <«) H Q) !-• H> CO H c !-• a QJ 3* H> H c+ CD O H* H' O «• *• H H- O £+ CD 0) M •*< T3 fD QJ o. Q» el­ H> c+ c* < •o O CD C+- 3 ft) Q) H O < QJ *•'—N. H Qj CA 3 3- T3 0) H" fD O • T5 Q) 3- 3" o «*e < vO CD fD H Q> H> 3* tJ ?r VfuT*' fD T3 C+ CA 3 3 »-»• 3- 3 c+ T3 3* 3 H- to O 3 CD -J a H- CA T3 CO fD H' 'o H c+ 3* H- H- H- m O fD 0 O a> n H- C < 0) (-• Ov H* O t+ H fD S fD tQ H* ;Q. 3 fD fD c+ H- c*- CJ 3 ro a .^^ H (fl < o O (A H fD "3 >_^ Q) CA t+ Q) CD iQ 3 CO a O 3 3- H- Q) ja *• Hi -^ -< c+ fD (A 3 e+ 0) • 3 a (A 3 H« iQ CA H' O iQ (D H> M CD CD fD t-" c+ c Q) vO iQ !-• c+ QJ « H> t+ H- a O 3 fD fD 3 c+ (A 3 OJ H QJ Hj ^Q t+ H- fD H' O -J H- QJ cr M O vQ fD H- flJ CO O cQ CA 3 t+ 3" c+ cr O H O iQ 3- el­ fD cr O 3 3 H- o O H fD QJ H) fD \0 3 H> iQ t+ tJ • O O fD QJ CD CA 3 < H CD s' 3 fD ; 3 O •—' !-• < fD H «-»- fD H> 3- < H- fD I-J 3 a O QJ T3 fD cr ^Q / 1 • (D c+ fD • D) 0} 3 < 3 3- H H* t+ •< 3 1 O fO fD. <• TS 3 c c+. c c+ fO o 1-- ft) H* C -H,- H QJ H" Q) fD fO CO fD H- 3 QJ o • CO H-J H> H ca 0) a H * c+ fD H a> 3 o •<: O C H- C c+ QJ CO a O fD H* 3 3- < c (t> fD O 3- 3 cn \Q !-• fD" S fD 3 CA ^ >< (-• fD H •^ r+ iQ 'T5 Q. .'•>-' H- c+ H« a OJ CO f+ •• < T! a fD 0) fD CA c+ o O 0) H < S H« c+ 3 3 H QJ H, H' < H- 3 33 •o H* (n < 3 3 (-• < H- Qj o. C TT < ? -fD CA 3* fD CD •o H CA QJ CO H» fD o C rl- O fD fO a iQ a o Q) CA H) H QJ H) CO Q) O • (D t1 O fD 3- X fD W t-- 3 fD CO TO T5 a H Q) H- H- o CD rt- CA Q) s H "a •6 Q) CO QJ O H' T5 O cu !-• 3 H- H t+ CD 3 ?r CD 3 H> t— fO x> rt- C CO QJ CT T3 l_l. £+ fD •< fD H, (+ H- H 0) a 3 T! c-t- 3" M a O fD X H» o t-" c O H H 0) 3 o 3* M iQ 3 o 3* O O H rr fD o c+ H« 3* fD M H H c H- c rr • -< o H« 3- < QJ cu o fD H fD h- H- rl- H O 3 3 < fD < H- 3- iQ fD c+ CO cr 3 f+ tu . Hi rt- h" CD 3 rl- QJ 3 H' O fD OS fD O 3 f+ <»—» 3- S cr CD 3" <+ C fD 3 a •a. CD C C+ t+ e+ <-^ H- O e+ •< 3 c+ fD H, I-' CA (D fD fD —A "> >< 3* CO a o CA rl- a (A •-< fD —* a> '^> 3* o t+ 3* ^ - o O H- •a 3 3 H vO o Qj H» 3" (t) 3* O • QJ •^^ QJ 0) fD H •a QJ H e+ a 3 --1 <+ h- < ^--^ cr CA H* Q. fD Q> S H' 3 o O y --3 < 3 H H- fD 3 3 iQ O (D ON < 3 3 QJ H- a. Q, (n H, H- O Q> Qj < cn H- QJ H- c fD fO CA a o s H 1 vO H, "^ H> TS H- H -< H* H- ? >w^ *• H 0) O cr O »-• 3 fD • M, M 3 CA CA ^ CD O o H 3 3* •>—' o H, D 3 flj H- H ,a 3 (A » Q) c+ H" 3 QJ 3* Qj c CA) Q) H b H fD O fD Hi c H, O QJ <+ Q. T5 3 H> H* o *• t+ CA ch H Q) a O 0* H g 3 CA H- CO H c^ H (D H H- H H fD o Hj O H (t> H- H 3s- < CA h- Q. Sa M fO S c+ CD 3 fO O 3- < H 0) H- O 0) fD c Ml H, •a a 05 c+ T3 3* H- Q) Q» !_• H' -< a M 3* 3 iQ 3 fD fD 3- 3 3 «_!. Hi fD c+ 3* C .»-'• O 3 H Qj C-l fi fD ct- CA \ •'^ € « n < r+- \=5 a> fO f c H- H fD H- 05 H) fD H CA 3- o < H H- o S Q) Q. OJ fD el­ 1-' c+ H o < fD CD H a o a 3 CD c-*- 0) V-- H- 3 fD * t+ <0 3" H* fO CA CA 3* c+ 3 a CA 5C CO H- fD Q- •< CO H- (0 O S fD Q> fD c+ CD (D H- 1 C 3" H-- ^ ' S H- • iQ 3" Q. N 1 I— fO fD fD »< fO CD . CA ct- (0 <* Q. -3- characters such as the numbers of fin rays or vertebrae are already developed before the fish has lost other larval characteristics such as pigmentation pattern. Russell (1976) further emphasises the fact that in view.of the above reason it is Impossible to determine a point at which the fish definitely becomes a juvenile. In view of this reason, Russell (1976) states that the term "postlarva" can be applied to the stage from the termination of the larval stage during which there is a sequence of development to juvenile stage. The use of the term "prejuvenile" in a broad sense by certain authors has been crtised by Ahlstrom (1968 b) who points out that it can be used only in a narrower sense to certain strikingly modified or specialised pelagic life history stages possessed by only a few fishes such as Tholichthyes stages of Chactodontids, Rhynchichthys stages of Holocentrids etc. and can not be applied to the early develop­ mental stages of marine teleosts. Within the postlarval phase of development, three principal stages are reckoned by Moser and Ahlstrom (1970^, Ahlstfom _et £l (1976) and Moser et ai. (1977). These stages are associated with the development of the caudal fin and its supporting elements, before, during and after the upward flexing of the posterior tip of the notochord, which are termed as (i) Preflexion, (ii) Flexion and (iii) Post flexion stages in the postlarval development. Of these three stages the postflexion stage is of longest duration, leading to juvenile stage, (d) Juvenile; As per the considerations observed in the previous section, during postlarval development one or the *other early developmental characters still persist while some characters resembling those of the adults have formed. In other words', during -4- juvenile phase of development also the specimens may differ from adults. For instance although in general body form and in meristic characters the developing stage may resemble the adults, in details of morpho- metric proportions and pigmentation (colouration) it may show a marked diffoyence. Hence, juvenile phase of development in vast majority of marine teleosts also may not have a sharply marked termination at an early size or age. But, developmental processess of certain characters may be delayed till the specimen becomes older and reaches a fairly large size. In view of.this reason, the term juvenile for most teleosts may be said to be defined as the stage at which the specimen has developed all the vital meristic characters and general morphbmetric and pigmentation pattern.

References Ahlstromv-E.H. 1968 b Review, Development of Fishes of the Chesapeake Bay Region, An Atlas of Egg, Larval and Juvenile Fishes, Part I. Copeia^ 1968 (3)5 648-651. Ahlstrom, E.H. and R.C. Counts 1955 Eggs and larvae of the Pacific hake Merluccius productus. U.S. Fish & Wildl. Serv.. 56; 295-329. Ahlstrom, E.H., J.L. Butler and B.Y. Sumida 1976 Pelagic stromateoid fishes (Pisces, Perciformes) of the Eastern Pacific; ,Kinds, distribution and early life histories and observations on five of these from the Northwest Atlantic. Bull. Mar. Sci.. 26 (3); 285-401. Balon, E.K. .1971 The intervals of early fish develop­ ment and their terminology (a review and proposals). Vest. Cesk. Spol. Zool.. 35; 1-18. -5- Balon, E.K. 1976 a Terminology of intervals in fish development. J. Fish. Res. Board Canada. 32 (9): 1663-1670. Hubbs, C.L. 1943 Terminology of early stages of fishes. Copeia. 1943 (4): 260. Jones, S, 1950 A note on the terminology of'the early developmental stages of fishes. J^ Zool. Soc India^ 2 (1): 39-41. - Moser, H.G. and E.H. Ahlstrom 1970 Development of lantern fishes (Family Myctophidae) in the , California Current Pt.I. Species with narrow- eyed larvae. Bull. Los Angeles City Mus. Nat. Hist. Sci. 7. Moser, H.G., E;H. Ahlstrom and E.M. Sandknop 1977. Guide to the identification of scorpion fish larvae (Family Scorpcenidae) in the Eastern Pacific with comparative notes on species of Sebastes and Helecolenus from other Oceans. M 0 A A Techn. Rep. N M F S, Circ. 402.

Russell, F.S, 1976 The eggs and planktonic stages of British marine fishes. Academic Press, London. II !n '"!, • j! Il|l-i

CMFRl/Sl/1989/Th.VIII

MEASUREMENTS AND DRAWI^lG OF THE EGGS AND LARVAE OF ' ' MARINE FISHES I II, III I'll II 111'

By • . ' * P. B^nsam Principal Scientist (Central Marine Fisheries Research Institute. Cochin)

Measurements in any description and identification of marine fish eggs and larvae, measurements and drawings are vitally important because if only improper measurements and drawings of eggs, larvae, etc. are made by any worker, it is likely to confuse the other workers and result in a doubt on the identity of the material reported and/or described. In view of this reason, exact and \ accurate measurements of the eggs, larvae, postlarvae etcj, under study is an important and vital prerequisite in any study on fish eggs and larvae, «The various, measure­ ments which are required for documentation are as followis:

(a) Egg (Fig.8,1)(i) Total egg diameter in the case of spherical eggs or length and maximum width of the egg if the eggs are elliptical (eg. Stolephorus). (ii)Dlameter of the yolk in the case of spherical eggs or length and maximum width of the yolk if the eggs are elliptical (Stolephorus). (iii)Width of the perivitelline space. If the perivitelline space is not of the same width all along, the measurement at the two poles of the ,: egg as well as the middle risgion has to be recorded. (iv) Diameter(s) of the oilglobule if one is present and of all the oilglobules if more than one is present, (b) Larva (Fiq>8.2); * (i) Total length, from tip of head to end of caudal finfold, (ii) Notochord length, from tip of head to- end of the notochord,; /' (iii) Head length, from tip of head to the. hind margin of auditory vesicles, (iv): Preahal length, from tip of head to the anus (or vent), (v) Postanal length, from vent to the end of caudal finfold. (vi) Head width, dorso-ventral width at the widest part of head. (vii) Width of trunk, dorso-ventral width at the middle and widest axis of the , yolksac, (viii) Width at vent. (C) Postlarva (Fig.8,3); (i) Total length, from the tip of the head (or the'snout) tc the hind margin of caudal fin. (ii) Standard length, from the tip of the head (or the snout) to the hinder margin of the upper hypural plate of caudal region, (iii) Preanal length, from tip of snout to the vent, (iv) Postanal length, from the vent to'the hind end of caudal fin. (v) Head length, from the tip of the snout to the opercular cleithrum. -3- • (vi) Width of head, at the level of the middle axis of the eye.

(vii) Width of trunk, at the widest axis of the postcepholic part of preanal region. (viii) Width at vent. (ix) Postanal width, at its-widest region. (x) Predorsal length, from the tip of the snout to the front margin of dorsal fin base if formed. * (xi) Postdorsal length, from the hind end of the dorsal fin if formed to the hind end of caudail "fin. (xii) Length of dorsal fin base, (xiii) Length of anal fir. base,

(C-) Juvenilet All the morphometric measurements required in ichthyotaxonomy, viz., total length, head length, prepectoral length, predorsal length, prepelvic length, width of caudal peduncle, etc., are necessary for docu~ menting the juvenile stage in development. While recording the above measurements, it is. desirable to standardise the accuracy of each measurement, in order to facilitate easy comparison and comprehension of various stages. Workers on early developmental stages of fishes usually standardise the accuracy of measurement of the larger stages such as juveniles, postlarvae and larvae as well to the first decimal place. For smaller specimens such as eggs, the accuracy is usually standardised to the second decimal place. And, foir stiH smaller parts of the developing stage, such as yolksac, oilglobule, etc., the accuracy is standardised to the third decimal place. -4- Drawinqs Scientifically accurate drawings of early develop­ mental stages are as much important as the measurements, while documenting them in literature. Larger specimens are usually drawn based on eye measurements of characters, practised in ichthyotaxonomy as well as by using a magni­ fying glass. But, smaller specimens the characters of which can be studied only under the microscope can be measured and drawn only by using a microscope. For recording measurements of eggs, larvae, postlarvae or certain parts of these stages, micrometers are uSed by inserting them in eye pieces of the microscopes, and the calibrations of the micrometers are measured by tallying their calibrations with a stage micrometer. Microscopic - drawings are usually made by using a camera lucida. After obtaining a scientifically accurate pencil drawing of the eggs, larvae, ,etc-,, as well as their characters, the- drawings are finalised with Indian Ink. Early workers on.fish eggs and larvae have usually drawn the specimens, especially larvae and postlarvae such as these were, even if these were partly or fully curved upon preservation. But, over the years, this has been posing problems for subsequent workers in compre­ hending the accurate measurements for comparison:and contrast. In view of this reason, it is desirable to avoid Such partly or fully curved specimens in the case of Such of the fishes, the early developmental stages of which are available in plenty. But, if the develop­ mental stages are not available in adequate numbers and if it is absolutely essential to sketch partly or fully curved specimens of larvae, etc., drawing skills may be employed to present the sketches in an uncurved normal manner'of the developing stage, without making any compromise on the various characters and measurements -5- thereof. Also, in order to make an easier comparison and contrast of the various sequences in the develop­ mental process, it is desirable to present all the drawings of stages from larvae to the juveniles to an uniform final length for documentation. For instance, a postlarva of 5 mm when magnified to 10 times for the figure becomes 50 mm and a longer stage of 20 mm becomes-200 mm for its figure. Instead of presenting such figures, when the stages are magnified and drawn to the same final proportions for the figures, easier comprehension is possible. With the advent of magni­ fying and reducing the sizes of drawings this can be achieved quite easily, ' ,

References

Bensam, P. (in press) Identification of the early developmental stages of marine Osteichthyes in India - Present status and suggestions for future research, MBAI. Proc. svmp. troo. mar. JriVinq rgggW??? (ih press)

Jones, P.W., F.D. Martin and J.D. Hardy Jr. 1978. Development of fishes of the Mid-Atlantic Biqht« An Atlas of egg, larval and luvenile stages, I Acipenseridae through Ictaluridae, U.S. Dept. Int., Fish and Wildl, Serv. TOTAL EGG LENGTH •[OT^L EGG DIAMETER

YOLK DIAMETER OIL GLOBULE DIAMETER

PERIVITELLJNE SPACE WIDTH WIDTH OF EGC WIDTH OF YOLK •TOTAL LENGTH -NOTOCHORD LENGTH- j—PREANALi LENGTH ^POSTANAL^I IIENGTH

.HEAD LENGTH

—STANDARD LENGTH HEAD LENGTH ^^^^'Q!SLttthS

Fig.8 CMFRl/Sl/1989/Th.IX

L/^BORATORY REARING OF THE EGGS AND UXRVAE OF MARINE FISHES

By S.G. Vincent Technical Officer

(Cen~tral Marine Fisheries Research Institute. Cochin)

Quality of Water Medium; The quality of water in which fish eggs and larvae are rearad includes both physical and chemical factors that make aquatic environment suitable. Various chemical and physical parameters interact to produce a variety of distinct environmental complexities. Certain aspects which directly, have some bearing on. the quality of water are outlined belows- Temperature; For laboratory rearing purposes the most important physical aspect to be considered is temperature. Temper­ ature of water has a definite influence on the successful rearing of the larvae, Vijayaraghavan (1955) collected hatchlingi of Anchoviella "tri from the sea when the temperature was 28.6°C and maintained them at temperatures of 15^C, 20°C, 25°C and 30°C. After 8 hours he noticed less survival rate at 15°C and SO^C andrtia>cimum survival rates at 20°C and 25''C, With more experiments he ascer­ tained that the best survival rate is between 20® and 25°C, He was successful in rearing the larvae of Decapterus russelli. Enqraulis qravi. Anchoviella tri. Scomberomorus quttatum, Saurida tumbil and Cynoqlossus sp. in temperatures ranging from 20°C to 25°C. In tropics the seasonal fluct­ uation in temperature is slight, and this may lead to a narrow range of tolerance. Based on the experiments on a total of 10 species of fish larvae, Kuthalingam (1959) -2- had shown that the range from lower to upper lethal limit in temperature was only to the tune of 3 to 4°C, It is possible that the tolerance may vary with the advancement of stage. The present author could collect the eggs of S.commerson and rear them till 72 hours at a temperature varying from 25 to 28°C. Salinity; Slight variation in salinities can affect the development at the early stages. Osmotic properties of ' water play a vital rolo in the life-history of fishes, especially at the marine and estuasrine^ habitat. An increase or decrease in salinity brings about changes in the specific gravity of water and this has considerable impact on the fish at its critical period of development. Seer fish larvae were observed at salinity ranges of 31.80?^o - 35.12?^o. Sphyraena borealis larvae were reared at salinity ranges of 33.0 - 34.6%o, and the present author has reared Scemberomorus commerson at 34.39 - 34.9^0. Other factors; The viscosity of sea water is high enough to protect the eggs and youngones from mechanical disturbances and help them to float on the surface of water. Dissolved substances in the water have both direct and indirect effect on fishes especially at their critical stage of development. The nutrients available in water can produce microscopic plants which in turn, act as food for many young and adults of fishes. Excess of dissolved salts create osmotic burden sn young fishes. Attack by ciliates. The larvae reared are easily attacked by ciliates, as they flourish on dead eggs and then spread to healthy ones. It may be noted that the prolarvae are the most -3- vulnerable to ciliate attack. It is highly essential to keep the rearing system free from ciliates. Agitation of water has been, widely considered useful by many yvoi-kers. (Gross, 1939) By this the larvae are prevented from resting at the bottom where ciliates are abundant around decaying matter. Vijayaraghavan (1955) has made some studies on this aspect. It may be stated in this connection that the success with the rearing system depends to a large extent on absolute cleanliness while setting up the experiments.

Ambient Water; Clean, unpolluted water with no suspended impurities is essential for successful rearing. Selection of the right quality of water from the right place and maintaining it in the right condition is an essential prerequisite. This can be achieved by ascertaining the natural spawning habits of fish, for utilising the water in which the fish spawns in the natural habitat. Water collected from any site where that particular fish breeds and undergo subse­ quent development is the most suitable one for rearing it through different stages. The ambient water thus collected, has to" be filtered to remove all suspended particles and also the planktonic elements that are likely to develop, multiply or" bloom subsequently, tampering with the experiments. Although considerable work has been done on the life history of fishes, little is known about the methods of laboratory rearing. Also, the approaches made in these study seem to differ from author to author, although the principles and objectives are one and same. Vijayaraghavan (1955) gave a brief account of the methods used by him to rear the eggs and larvae under tropical conditions. The methods adopted by the various workers are almost similar to these. -4~ Methods of Rearing Eggs, Larval and Post Larvae Methods used in rearing fish eggs and larvae vary from author to author. There is no standard procedure or equipment for the purpose. Bapat (1955) used troughs in the laboratory for hatching and for further studies as a routine measure. Seshappa and Bhimachar (1955) were able to keep alive Malabar sole larvae (Cynoqlossr^ semj^fasciatus) in the laboratory through various stages of metamorphosis. Pelagic eggs of Sphyraena boreales were incubated and the larvae were reared in a 55 litre aquariumc Although, there arc numerous instance of such rearing operations, the method adopted by Vijaya- raghavan (1955) seem to carry more details. The water should be aerated and filtered frequently. According to needs, the size of the system may be changed. For few eggs or larvae even a finger bowel or breaker of one litre capacity may be enough. Glass troughs of 5 to 50 litre capacity may be used for larval rearing. The running water system can be"better used foj post larvae and Juvenile rearing. Use of light, constant aeration of water, proper maintenance of temperature and control of ciliates are the pertinent aspects v«/hich have to be taken care of during rearing.

Rearing Techniques used to rear eggs and larvae by the author The present author succeeded in incubating the eggs and rearing the larvae of Scomberomorus commerson upto 72 hours hatching. The simple unpublished technique designed for rearing them in the laboratory and _in situ is as follows:- For the purpose of reari-ng the fertilised eggs, an improvised "Incubation unit" in which the eggs could pass through their critical stages, both before and just after hatching, and a 'Rearing Unit' in Vvfhich one day old larvae could undergo further development, _in situ. -5- were designed. The incubation unit (Fig. 9.1,a) consists essentially of a flat bottomed circular glas3 trough of 10 litre capacity and a glass beaker of SOO.ml capacity. The beaker is filled to about 3/4th with fresh filtered seawater and the fertilised eggs were then transferred to the beaker. The mouth of the beaker is tightly closed with organdi cloth well soaked in filtered sea water. The beaker is then:placed in the middle portion of the trough and the latter is filled gently with fresh, filtered sea water upto a level of about one centimeter below the mouth of the beaker. Besides providing ample circulation of water through the organdie cloth this alco helps in preventing evaoper- ation of water in the. beaker and keeps the temperature of the water more or less as that of the surrounding sea water. The same unit may also be utilised for rearing the larvae for about a day after hatching. The rearing unit (Fig. 9.1, b) is helpful in rearing the larvae in situ from the second day onwards. It consists of a plastic bucket with slits cut all along its sides and a beaker of 1000 ml capacity. One day old larvae can be transferred to the beaker and the mouth is closed with organdie cloth of sufficiently large mesh size and it is then placed in the plastic bucket. The beaker is fastened tightly to the bucket and the entire unit is kept suspended by means of four bridles and kept at a depth of about 40 cm from the surface. . Sufficient weight may be kept in the bucket to keep it upright in water.

Live Food of Postlarvae and Fry; Little is known at present on the nutritional requirement and diet preference of the larvae and postlarvae of various species. Recent studies have indicated that.the early postlarvae of fishes like the Seabass (Lates calcarifer) feed upon the rotifer -6- Btachionus plicatilis. nauplii of Artemia and the freshwater 'cladoceran" Mo in a ma crura. The diet require­ ment of postlarvae may be different from that of the. fry. As growth advances mouth and jaws become more functional. Early in larval life, tuna were found to feed on small organisms measuring less than 100 microns,° in tho midlarval Jifo, the feeding habits change abruptly to organisms of 500" microns or mbre. At "the.end of the ' mid larval life the fish takes larger drganisms including other fish larvae,^ xu the natural habitat the post-larva and juvenile fish feed on a wide variety of m.aterials present in the water Column, such as diatoms, phytoplankton and zcoplankton. The food of young fish may vary from fish to fish. The intake of food items may also differ according to the feeding nature of the fish, A mullet fry at 20 mm stage feeds mainly on organic matter present, in the water column, where as a seer, at the same size, prefer to feed mainly on larval fishes. The chemical compositions of some of the important live food items widely used in culture practices are incorporated in Table 9.1. .

Table 9.'1 Chemical composition, of some important live food Organisms.

Percehtag e dry wei ght Reference Organism Protein Car bo • Fat Ash hydrate

Tetraselmis maculata 52 15.0 2.9 Dunaliella salina 57 31.6 6.4 - Chaetoceros sp. 35 . 6.6 6.9 «*•

Skeletonema costatum 37' 20.8 ' 4.7 «M> Parsons et al, TT95T)- '!(

-7- Phaeodactylum tricor~ 33 24.0 6.6 Parsons natuin " et al. Exuviella sp. 31 . 37.0 15.0 U9V\) Chaetoceros sp.(unialgal) Culture growing exponen­ tially 48.6 9.2 9.5 S« costatum (unialqal culture growing expo­ nentially) 60,6 34.71 7.7 - Lewin and Guillard (1963) J §Lj. costatum (unialgal ! culture, grown 2-4 weeks)43.52 34.55 21.93 \ Hi tricornatum (unialgal ! culture growing empo- l nentially) 35.7 25.9 7.1 I P.tricornatum (fusiform • cells from 16-d culture) 46.5 2.2 38.6 I P. tricornatum (oval ^ j cells from 16-3 culture 37.7 21.1 26.6 I Diatom (Chaetoceros)* 29.0 8.0 63.0 From Marshal ! Diatom (Mixed)* 24,5 14.2 61.3 .and Orr( 1960) { Mixed Zooplankton* 46.0 6.0 23.0 25 J Artemia nauplii 55.60 15.20 15.25 Gallagher and Brown (1975) I Brachionus plicatilis 59.07 8.44 24.05 8.44 Charles John ! Moina sp. 56.69 13.47 23.73 6.11 Bhaskar (1982) Tubifex 65.0 15.0 14.0 6.0 Bardach et al T1972)

* Grams per 100 gram Organic matter. -8- Adaptations of Mouth and Jaws The type of food ingested and the feeding mechanism have correlation. Different types of mouth parts of the,- pcstlarval and juvenile fishes are given belcw:- "* • Centriscus sp. (22.5 mm TL) Mouth, placed anteriorly at the tip of elongated tube like, snout. Jaws small and dorsally directed. At the younger stages it is pelagic and feeds on diatoms floating on the surface of water. 2. Mullet fry. (20 mm) Protuded mouth, bearing no teeth, adapted to take mainly suspended organic matters. 3. Leptocephalus (120 mm) Wide mouth, long and weak teeth, only to hold together the jaws when closed. Feeds on diatoms taken along with water. Mouth cavity is wide to suit it. 4» Caranx sp. (16.7mm) Mouth small no teeth on jaws characteristic of phytoplankton feeders, 5. Euthynnus affinis (5.62 mm TL) Postlarvae, adapted to feed on plankton. Mouth wide, jaws prominent. Teeth pointed forward, to hold any live planktonic organism. 6« Saurida tumbil (33 mm TL) Pelagic,,fast feeder, feeding on decapods and copepodes. Teeth on jaws,bristle like poir^ted forward, closely arranged to capture large amount of pray and retain them in the mouth cavity. The teeth on tongue, recurved, help to take live ZGoplankters. 7. Seer fish (20 mm) Mouth wide, jaws large, teeth strong mostly recurved. Few recurved teeth on palatine. Adopted for carnevorus type of feeding. ^ -9- References

Bapat, S.V. 1955. A preliminary ,study of the pelagic fiah eggs and larvae of the Gulf of Mannar and Palk Bay Indian J. Fish.. 2 (1): 231-255.'

Kuthalingam, M.D.K. 1959. Temperature^;olerance of the larva of ten species of marine fishes. Curr. Sci.f 28 (2): 75-76. Optimum temperature and range of tolerance for development of pro- and£ Dussumieria acuta. Caranx mate^ Megalaspis cordyla, Muqil cephalus. Cynpqlossus lingua. Solea elongate. Saurida tumbi1 and Triacanthus brevirostris. Vijayaraghavan", P. 1955. I ife-history and. feeding habit's of the spotted seer Scomberomorus guttatus (Bloch & Schneider). Indian J. Fish.. 2 (2): 360-372. Rearing the eggs and larvae, larval stages, juveniles and food of postlarvae assigned to Scomberomorus guttatus with figures. Seshappa, G. and B.S. Bhimachar 1955. Studies on the fishery and biology of the Malabar Sole, Cynoqlossus semifasciatus Day. Indian J. Fish.. 2: 180-.230.

£ postlarvae and juveniles of Polynemus indicus, Sardinella longiceps, . a

,,^.;U^.,..^,:..fe|^^..,^:^.;r.:.-,:;j

Fig. 9- CMFRl/Sl/1989/Th.X

GUIDELINES FOR THE IDENTIFICATION OF MARINE FISH EGG^ I By 1 . ': : ' ' ' I p. Bensam Principal Scientist i (Central Marine Fisheries Research Institute, Cochin) i • • ' . ••" •• . r \ Guidelines for identification may be considered under the I following headss (1) Occurrences; \ Occurrence of early developmental stages in the j plankton and of spawners, spent, mature and/or recovering I stages in fish catches can be used to identify the former

I • • ^ • • • • • I as belonging to the latter only in a circumstantial manner, j Delsman (1922-1938) has made use of such a method for assigning the early developmental stages; but, in addition to this he has also assigned cogent reasons of taxonomic nature in arriving/at his conclusion. -Thus, this circums- I tantial evidence of coincident occurrence of the eggs in ^ the plankton and the spawning adults in the fishery can be only of limited value. (2) Similarity with ripe ova;

* Apart from the above guideline, another more valid guideline for identification of marine fish eggs is the simllariti'es between the ripe ovarian ova of the parent and the planktonic eggs in the early stages of their development. In fishes such as Setipinna and Stilebhorus the eggs, after extrusion in the water do not undergo increase in size due to hydration, as drawn attention to by Jones and Menon (1951 a). In such species, the size i range of ripe ova and that of the planktonic eggs remain almost the same and hence the former is of great value I to .identify the latter. But, in other species like -2- • Hilsa and Sardinella the eggs undergo hydration on coming into contact with water and as development progresses, thus altering the overall size of the planktonic egg from that of the,ripe oVum (Jones and Menon, 1951 a). In the sardine Sardinops caerulea. Miller (1952) has found that the eggs diame.ter has increased from 1.15 mm at fertilisation to 1,64 mm after two hours and to a maximum of 1,83 mm at 10 hours after fertilisation. Although in such cases the overall diameter of the planktonic egg^ is different from that of the ripe ova, the diameter of the yolk remains the same as that of the ripe ova and is an useful guideline ' for identifying the eggs to the species to which these belong,:, as drawn attention to by Ahlstrom and Moser (1980).. .

(a) Egg Size; According to Ahlstrom and Moser (1980), most;of the marine fish eggs are in the size range of 0'.6 to 1,6 mm in diameter. Dothid flat fishes are known to'' have small eggs of 0.5 to 0,8 mm; and pleuronectid flat fishes have large eggs of 4.0 to 4.5 mm and eels have still larger eggs of about.5 to 5,5 mm,, In fishes like sardines and Anguilliformes, large sizes result due to hydration of the egg and progressive development of perivitelline space. (4) Egg ishape (Fig. 10): Planktonic eggs of vast majority of merine fishes are spherical, but th€?re are some exceptions. For instance, the eggs of Stolephorus and certain Callio- nvmus (Delsman, 1931) ar6 ellipsoidal or globular (Fig, 10, A, B). Some eggs of Stolephorus. such as those of Sj^ indicus and commersoni are provided with a knot at one pole. The eggs of certain gobioid fishes are attached to certain shells (Vijayaraghavan, 1973 b), somewhat ellipsoidal in shape, elongate and stumpy -3- and broader nearer the base (Fig,10,C). The attachment is by narrow, short hyaline fibres that are fused to­ gether forming a sucker shaped ring-like foot; these are also fused with similar structures of adjacent eggs. (5) Chorion (Fig.10, D-H)s The outer egg capsule (also called egg shell, vitelline membrane, etc.,) in most marine fishes is smooth and unornamented. But, in certain groups of fishes it is ornamented such as Myctophiformes, Gadiformes, Pleuronectiformes, etc. The ornamentation may be in the form of a single swelling (or protuberance) as in some flat fishes (Fig.10, D) or in the form of an extensive honey comb-like polygonal network on the outer surface of egg membrane as in Chirocentrus (Delsman, 1923) (Fig.10, E)t Saurida. flatfishes, etc. A less common type of ornamentation is spination (Fig.10, F), present on the eggs of Myctophiformes, certain exococtids and allied fishes. In the demersal eggs of certain flying fishes adhesive filaments of 12-19 in number and of uniform size are present as in Cvpselurus spilopterus (Vijayaraghavan, 1975, (Fig. 10, G);' and on the eggs of Hirundichthyes coraF.andelensis there are three distinct types of filaments (Vijayaraghavan, 1973a) (Fig.10,H).

(6) Inner egg membrane; In most pelagic fish eggs, the chorion is the only egg capsule for the egg and an inner egg membrane is absent. But, in certain fish eggs, an inner egg membrane is present (Delsman, 1926). Ahlstrcm and Counts (1958), the location of which may be either very close to the chorion or away from it (Fig.10,I). (7) Yolk; The yolk is the most dominant part of fish eggs, usually segmented or vacuolated in lower teleostean .,-4- groups such as clupeiformes but is homogeneous in most of the higher teleosts. The yolk is usually unpigmentedj but in some groups it is pigmented as in certain Cyno- glossus (Fig. 10, j). (8) Oilglobule; It may be absent in many species or groups as in Engraulidae, Cynodentidae, Gadidae, Pleuroneidae. If present, there may be only a single oilglobule as in many sardines; but the number may bo many as in most Anguillaform eels, soloid and cynoglossid flat­ fishes, ranging form, less than 10 to more than 50, the largest numbers being in most soleid flatfishes. Usually, the oilglobule is situated at the vegetal pole. It may be colourless usually, but in sardines it has a golden yellow colour. The single oilglobule may range in size from less than 0.1 to more than 1.0 mm in diameter. Usually, the oilglobule is unpigmented; tut in the eggs of certain scombroids and Trichiurids, the oil­ globule may be pigmented (Fig,10, K).

(9) Perivitelline space; In most fish eggs which are "higher" in the group and which have a homogeneous yolk the perivitelline space-is narrow, but in most fishes which are "lower" in the group and having vacuolated or segmehtexj yolk, such as eels, clupeoid fishes, etc», a perivitelline space is present. Even in the latter category, a perivitelline space is absent to begin with (i.e.soon after spawned) but develops gradually, as observed by Miller (1952) in the Pacific sardine. (10) Embryonic characters;

For the sake of convenience, Ahlstrom and Moser (1980) divide the embryonic development in the egg irto three stages; (a) Early egg, from fertilisation to closure of blastopore (b) Middle Ecg. , /rem closure of ^

-5- blastopore to the time when the tail begins to curve laterally away from the embryonic axis and (c) Late egg, from the time the tail iis curved away from the embryonic axis to the time of hat.ohing*^ The pace of embryonic development differs from species to species group to group etc, because in some cases the embryo undergoes organogenesis even before the closure of blastopore ,(in early egg) while in others organogenesis takes place only in middle and late eggs, •Pigmentation usually begins in middle eggs and reaches maximum in late eggs. Pigmentation may be present on the yolk and oilglobule also. Embryonic pigmentation is usually aligned along the dorsal margin of the body; and it is only after hatching the pigment migrate ventrally. But, in the case of the Japanese mackerel (Scomber Japonicus), the ventral migration of the pigment takes place during the embryonic period itself. In the vast majority of marine fish eggs and larvae,.the flexion of the caudal fin (notochord) and the formation of the fins take place only during larval/postlarval development. It is only in the eggs of flying fishes that flexion of the caudal fin and often the development of caudal anal and pelvic fin precedes hatching^

References Ahlstrom, E.H, and R.C. Counts 1958, Development and distribution of Vinciquerria lucetia and related species-in the Eastern Pacific U.S. Fish. Bull., 58: 363-416. •Ahlstrom, E.H. and H.G, Moser 1980. Characters useful in identification of pelagic marine fish eggs, CalCOFI Rep., 21:^121-131. Delsman, H,C. 1922 through 1938, Fish eggs and larvae from the Java Sea, 1 to 24 Treubia. 2 through 16, -6- . Jones, S. and P»M,G. Menon 1951a, observations on the life history of the Indian Shad Hilsa ilisha (Hamilton). Proc. Indian Acad. Sci., 33 (3)s 101-125. Miller, D.J. 1952, Development through the prolarval stage of the artificially fertilised eggs of the Pacific Sardine Sardinops caerulea. Calif. Fish Game. 38 (4); 587-595. Vijayaraghavan, P. . 1973a. Studies on fish eggs and larvae from Indian Waters 1 .^ Development of egg and larvae of Hirundichethys (Hirundich.thys) coromandelehsis (Hornall). Indian J. Fish., 20-(1); 108-137. Vijayaraghavan, P. 1973b, Studies on fish eggs and larvae from Indian Waters 2. Development of egg and larvae of Acentroqobius ornatus (Ruppell), Indian J. Fish.. 20 (2): 523-532. Vijayaraghavan, P. 1975. Studies on fish eggs and larvae from Indian Waters 3. Development of egg and early larvae of Cypselurus spilopterus (Cuvier and Valenciemmes), Indian J. Fish.. 21 (1): 211-219. Fig.10 CMFRl/Sl/1989/Th.XI GUIDELINES FOR THE IDENTIFICATION OF LARVAE

By M. Kumaran Principal Scientist

(Central Marine Fisheries Research Institute', Cochin)

Introduction The different stages or phases in the life history of fishes markedly vary from the adult and the degrees of difference vary in different groups. However, there is no sudden metamorphosis inifisjies and the change of form is slow. The differences between the larvae and adults of some fishes have led erroneously to the descriptions of the early stages of eel as Leptocephalus, Molidae as Molacanthus and Centaurus. Chaetodontidae as Tholichthys, Schindleria as Heiinirhamphus and Lampreys as Ammocoetus, Later, these generic names were given the status of stages in the early life history of the fish concerned. It has been frequently generalised that there is higher develop­ ment in smaller sizes in the tropical areas than in temperate areas. Larval fish development would conform with this generalisation. In the tropics, the postlarval period is short especially in marine teleosts where the " yolk is completely absorbed by the second day. In elasmobranchs which are ovoviviparous or viviparous true embryo directly gives rise to the juvenile since the uterine embryo gets nourishment from the parent. In the viviparous poecilids like Gartibusia and Lebistes young ones are only postlarvae. Changes that take place from the early prolarval to the late postlarval stages vary in different groups or families and no generalisation can be made. There is considerable overlap in the size ranges at which the , -2-, various transitions take place and the occurrence of salient characters such as, the time of appearance of chromatophore.s, change in shape of eye, changes in body profile etc. show differences. These factors sometimes makes separation of growth stages difficult in many species. Size and shape of the body; The size of the newly hatched larva may vary from about a millimeter to a few centimetres (eel) in length. The newly hatched prolarva of Leiognathus ranges from 1.2 to 1,4 mm, Engraulis from 2.2 to 3.0 mm, Epinephe- lus from 1.4 to 1.6 mm, Sillaqo from 1.6 to 2.0 mm and Pleuronichthys from 3.6 to 3.7 mm, The prolarvae of most of the Clupeidae,.Belonidae, Hemirhamphidae, Syngnathidae, Synodontidae, and Blenniidae are elongate. Slender bodied prolarvae are those of Sillaginidae, Sphyraenidae, Bregmacerotidae, Cepolidae, Gobiidae, Gerridae, Coryphaenidae and Cynoglossidae, The prolarvae of Muraenidae and Ophichthyidae have an elongate-- ribbon­ like body. The prolarvae of Mugilidae, Pomadasyidae, Thunnidae, Scombxidae, Scomberomoridae, Stromateidae, Scorpaenidae etc. have short fusiform body. The prolarvae of Ostraciontidae and Tetraodontidae are globular in shape. The postlarvae of flatfishes have deeply compressed body and those of Platycephalidae, Pegasidae and Dacty- lopteridae are slightly depressed. Nature of muscle fibres-Counting of number of myomeres; Prolarvae of different groups could be distingu­ ished by the number of myomeres which corresponds generally to the number of vertebrae in the adult and the general body proportions of the oldest metamorphosing stages available. The prolarvae of Balistidae, Aluteridae, Monacanthidae and Tetraodortidae have fewer than 24 myomeres. Mugilidae, Sphyraenidae, Carangidae, Mullidae, H» H- C+- Cn •o TJ rt- O H H" 0) O o O fD cr rt-. to H» rt- to 3 S t- H- CO a cr 03 00 en H- r* «-l O 3" 3" <+ O H 3" J-< O 3 •o o H> 3 m to 3- a 3 O 3 C 3- ro 3 3* H- o ro U^ H* 3 c CO H <0 (0 o « O < fD H fD TJ (0 fD c ei- a g ^• TJ CO o < M 1 H-- rt- e*- h-* c+ (-• H* tJ to O o H TJ fP fD t-" rt- to cr O c¥ H- H H- 3 o a> M O H* H- sQ> T5 !-• O to Q> H <0 cl- !-• H« fD H O O a O cb 3' H* 3* ro 3" O- iQ rt- Q. -< 3 o to H- to O H H 0) 0 3 H o QJ a a O to f+ H-* 3 H fD fD (0 O D 00 TJ Hi O ro to 3 ro Q. O « 3 0) H 05 H en (n • 3 H g M (0 H to TJ H> ro 3- H« H H- H ro a H- H- to H 3" a» (t) C g < "O- s-to^ a < O •< g fD ei- H S O h- to to O 3 3 ro <• c Q. a ro H- H* !-• (n •< o to 3- rti < <" to -< fD .»-• ro H" CO (0 H »-• to CO rt- en CO to to a Hi o O i-h o to o 7? H- fO g S o O cr *< H-- 3 O g ro C 3' O • o CO ro ro ro to C+ g *+> H' <+ < H- o 3 rt- -< 3* g H» H >-• rt- g to CO rt- 3' -^ c *o «• c+ ro H* >< 3 o 7^ (n (0 o Cl c!) H« o fD fD to o ro ro 3 T5 to ei- 3 3 o <• 3 en (n g o 3" (fl sto W g 3 H a t— H* to a t-J o IQ < %. H O H- O m • (O § .. c (D O g M o to fD (D -• « Di J c o 3- to < a H H A- < 3 T> o oH* _Jb to O 3 ro »-• H H vQ 3" 3* O H H' cu • !-• I-' H to fD c fD fD S 3 3 H Qi o. (£> to o *i 1-- H* o C I— g O H rt- T3 CO to cs Tl H 3' CO H* TJ to < H (n (0 !-<• o H- rt- H« 3 g O or H- ro ro W !-• H —* O C CO Q. 3" C ro to t+ c m H O 3^ rt- e¥ < to to C (0 or "3 O T3 to a ro ro H" IO O O H> 0) QJ fD < < to fD f_. TJ fD (-• cr fD H fD i-» to ro a 3* 3 1 CO CD • to *m 3 Q. 00 3 • l-i H 0) ro 3 H* H fD fD f> 3 to to I-' <0 to ro M —A «• 3 ro H« to 1 H« < /*? H* (D M i-> trt 3" 3 rt- H H- to <+ 3 H • a en CO O 00 H« O a ro ro D. • a> o CA CO -|5>. Ji.. to to iQ fD g (D t— *• a < H- S o 3 -J to a ro ro to «« -ti. to 1 3 :S m H e*- ro K> 0) cr 3* H" -• O o •-f g * ' H- Oi g Q) (t> o < *» fD to 3 3* fl) a fD H- ro 3- g rt- H^ -< to ro • »-• , 3* •<; O Q) (n H* fD H H o g H- g < fD 3 3- < H« to rt- ro 3 3- H to 3 ro H o to to (-• 3 ro H* H- H« -< 1 !0 CD H H> QJ o cr fD ro " rt- S rr to CD Q. ro • to 3 1 ro te g (D O" >j rt- a H" c*- to H« H H-i t-" 3- 3- H- to vQ to H to *• rt- QD O" a> 0)'' iFs wto •< H 3 to • - H, t*- !-• to rt- 3 to ro to rt- 3 H t-" I-* ro ro 3" CL 0 3 "O hd- o to > to C 1* !-• H) cr H^ H- !-• O H Cn 3* a O H- h- iO en H H- <0 • <•• n O T3 "* *o g 3 -K-' fO g H) fD ro O H" c*- rt- < to C <+ g ro o 3* Q. • Q> o t-" ro to H rt) a H" cr g M H fD •< to 3- to a —* —A rt- TJ O e*' to (+ o ro to Q> IO (D H to fD O •< fD H a H-' OJ 00 3- M 3 g a a >- ro c o o o g Vro i O rt) g H |< 0) fl) ci- c*- 3 H rt- o fD 3 fD o 3" M c> o ro O c ro ro • cr g «D v> >< Q>. |cu 3 0> 3- 3" a M or g 3 O M H) o H« g g 3 ei- i H) H- H ro -< t Q. o 3 IM Q» • fl) CO fD fD T+ fD H« 3 iQ •<- -< << 3 JO 3 a 3 o < H o ch i . fO g O f-" H 3 to W H H' to O J-- 3" < •< .»» C O o rt- to o o o o H- 3 ro 1 T! 00 (D 0) 1 Cl> Jt> O O H fD H) H* cr H* •< fD g g 3 ro o <> g o cr H H g ro H I O H • 3 Q) M H, c+ fD H H- 3 H' C H ro ro ro H g ro 3 CD ro a ^ o H t-J 1 0> ?T (D 3 3 G 3* o fD 3 O fD n >- N H H rt- ro g H TJ to H ro to la V H* ! <+ •< (n Q. H H- CD i <+ m H 3- O to g e¥ 3 o c*- 3" CA (0 cr ro o O H H 3" «• ro Q. 3 H" e+ ^ C c» 3* H fD fO O -< a H 3 o 3 o to ro H' ct- to 3 S ro 3 to « < /D a H 3 (n c C o «-* o H M H« a ro •* cr ro 1 Q> 4 !-»• et- 3 g c Hi ro •< < !-• ro ro «• 1 h- to 3 rt- cr 3 CO ro >< 3 H i 0) fD ro rt- • « (0 •< i CO -4- stage. The caudal fin shows the beginning of heterocercal condition only when the larva reaches about 8 mm (Bensam, 1969).. In the prolarval stage of carangids measuring about 2 mm there are 29 myomeres of which 13 are preanal and 16 postanal. But, in slighiJly advanced stage of 2.1 mm, though the total number of myomeres remains 29, the preanal myomeres is 11, In the prolarva of Xiphias gladius measuring 3.2 mm, the vertebral column is straight and tapers posteriorly without any upturn (flexin). The caudal fin though homocercal at about 7.6 mm, the hypural bones haye partly developed and the Vertebral column is partly visible. The myomere formula of some of the larval tunas is 18 + 21 which tallies with the adult vertebral number 39 and this enables to distinguish them. The urostyle generally makes its appearance in the early postlarval phase (3.2 mm) with the evidence of hypurals ventral to it in Psenes cyanophrys. In this species the myomeres at the posterior region of the bgdy are clear, forming a zig-zag pattern (Legapsi, 1956). In Breqmaceros the vertebral column remains straight even after the larva attains 4 mm and. the elements of the urostyle begins to develop only at about 4.8 mm (Clancey, 1956),

Alimentary canal and position of vent; The alimentary canal is visible through vertical muscle strands in most of the prolarvae of Clupeidae, Engraulidae, and Dussumieriidae as a straight tract. Sometimes the midgut region is slightly swollen in the late postlarval stage. In Cynoglossidae and Soleidae the anterior part of the alimentary tract bulges out like a sac. Changes in the alif^efjtary canal take place gradually as the yolk is absorbed. The vent is generally situated behind the midpoint ' 4"-':"'.

of the body in the prolaryae of ClUpeidaeV Dussumieriidae, Engraulidae and Synodontidae,- The vent is far forward in the prolarvae of Brogtnacetotidae, Atherihidae, Trypauchenidae and-Blenniidae. The vent, is almost below the middle of the body in the prolarvae of"the families Holocentridae, Apogonidae, Gobiidae, Sillaginidae, Gaxangidae, Lutianidae, Thunnidae, Scorpaenidae, Cepolidae, Opisthognathidae, Seomberomoridae, Coryphaenidae, Sparidae, Champsodontidae etc. Vent is situated far behind the middle of the body in the prplarvae of Apodes, Hemirham-" phidae, Exocoetidae, Fistulariidae, Sphyraenidae, Platy- cephalidae and Cephalacanthidae. In th« newly hatched prolarvae of Caranx sp measuring 1.73 mm there are 13 preanal and 16 postanal myomeres. The gut is short and opens"immediately below the 13th myotome. In a slightly advanced 2.04 mm stage although the gut remains tubular,.the yent has shifted anteriorly and opens below the 11th myomere (Kuthalingam, 1959). In leptocephali of eels the vent situated about the middle of the body or in the posterior half progressi­ vely shifts towards the anterior region as.growth advances. In.an advanced stage of leptocephali which is about 60 mm, the vent which has shifted still further anteriorly is situated opposite to the 88--90th myotome. • Origin and Ibcation of paired and unpaired fins; Continuous finfold'is present in the prolarvae .of Bregmacerotidae, Serranidae, Theraponidae, Carangidae, Coryphaenidae, Lutianidae, Gerridae ., Opisthognathidae, Istiophoridae, Trypauchenidae, Cynoglossidae, Soleidae, Pleuronectidae, Leiognathidae, Platycephalidae, Cephala­ canthidae etc. In the. prolarvae of Breqmaceros, the continuous finfold is seen in the region of the first dorsal whereas the second dorsal apd caudal fins give very slight indications of ray formation and the pelvic fin is composed of two short rays. —6'" Two separate dorsal finfolds are found in Mugilidae, Apogonidae, Mullidae, and Gobiidae in the prolarval stage. In Carangid prolarvae the dorsal and anal finfolds are • . broad and rudiments of pectoral are visible. In fishes ^ with 2 dorsal fins and 2 anal fins (eg. Bregmaceros), the fin membrane appears to be continuous in the embryonic stage itself, but these would be later divided into,two groups, i.e. dorsal fins and anal fins with undeveloped short rays between them. It is difficult to distinguish a break between the two anterior groups, especially in the early stages. Sometimes a tuft or group of tufts are seen at the base of the pelvic fin of more developed prolarvae of Bregmaceros.

In Fsenes cyanophrys 2.5 mm prolarva the dorsal and anal fins though rudimentary are confluent with the rounded caudal. The pectoral fins are set on a fleshy base and are rounded, with evidence of developing finrays in the prolarva. Below the bases of the pectoral fins, rudiments of the pelvic fins are present. In a slightly advanced 3.2 mm stage, the first dorsal fin is seen in the finfold stage, whereas the second dorsal and caudal shows indications of rays. In leptocephali prolarvae, pectorals are absent but a minute bud-like protuberance on each side immediately behind the gill opening represents them. In Muraenesox talabon. the dorsal originates opposite the 42nd myomere approximately between the snout and vent and the anal just behind the vent between the 97th and 98th myomere. Both the fins are continuous' with the caudal and the tail is nearly 5.5 in total length. Dorsal origin in lepto­ cephali shifts forward as growth advances in the prolarval stage. In the postlarvae of clupeoids the predorsal length is about double the postanal length. The pelvic fin in clupeoids originates in the form of a bulge in the prolarval stage. The caudal region is rhomboidal with a few striations on the dorsal and posterior aspects -7- and the caudal fin shows the beginning of heterocercal condition, . Changing pattern of pigmentation; Based on the intensity of pigmentation, prolarvae falls under four broad categories. The prolarvae of Ho-locentridae, Belonidae, Balistidae, Coryphaenidae, Blenniidate, Pegasidae, Istiophoridae and Cephalacanthidae are heavily pigmented. Only some parts of the body are pigmented in Exocoetidae, Atherinidae, Theraponidae, mullidae, Stromateidae, Lobotidae and Platycephalidae, Only very few pigments are found in the prolarvae of Engraulidae, Apogonidae, Serranidae, Leiognathidae, Scomberomoridae, Thunnidae, Pleuronectidae and Cynoglo- ssidae. The prolarvae of Gobiidae, Trypauchenidae, Bothidae and Soleidae are almost without pigments.

In the leptocephali of eels, chromatophores are general^ly present in the heart region and a row of 5 to 6 chrojTiatophores on the sides of the posterior half of the lower jaw.^ An irregular row of minute chromatophores- is present along the base of the anal fin and along the ventral margin of the gut. A dendritic black chromato- phore is found on either side below the gill slit. In the prolarva of Muraenesox talabon (65 mm) four stellate chromatophores are present, one along the. margin of the sides of the upper lip, one anterior to the posterior nares, one below the orbit and another slightly behind it. Chromatophores are present in the posterior region of the head, A row'of similar chromatophores is evident along the entire length of the alimentary canal, and another row immediately below the spinal cord on all the myomeres except the first ten. Slightly.less distinct chromatophores are present at the base of the.anal and caudal fins. T8- Pigmentation pattern is an excellent diagnostic character in identifying larval tuna where the fins are not fully developed (Matsumoto, 1958). Pigmentation begins to appear in the early prolarval stage. In scombroids, the first dorsal fin is heavily pigmented. A few faint chromatophores are visible at the anterior basal portion of the second dorsal fin, _which is otherwise colourless. A dasrkly pigmented area colours the top of the head and extends forward to the brain region.: Scattered chromatophores in the peritoneum are visible through the body wall, particularly in the abdominal region.

In carangid prclarvae, brown and yellow pigment spots are scattered all over the embryo, yolk mass and faintly developed finfolds. Black pigments are present on the inner surface of the oil globule and on the margins of the embryo. In a slightly advanced stage of 2.02 mm, yellow chromatophores are present on the finfolds, on the dorsal and ventral margins of the myomeres, on the yolk sac and pectoral rudiment. Black pigment cells are found on the oil globule (Kuthalingam, 1959), In the prolarvae of Psenes cyanophrys measuring 2.5 mm the chromatophores are quite evenly distributed on the head and nape, scattering through the cheeks and' opercle. A few are" also scattered at the base of the pectoral fins, on the side of the body cavity and on the ventral side of the body to the tip of the vertebral column. In a slightly advanced 3.2 mm stage, the chromatophores remain as such, but present on the dorsal side of the head in the form of a crown (Legapsi, 1956),

References Bensam, P. 1969. Notes on postlarval stages, of the white sardine, Kowala coval (Cuvier), Jj_ Mar. Biol. Ass, India, 11°. 251-254. ' -9- Clancey, J. 1956. A contribution to the life history of the fish, Breqmaceros atlanticus Goode and Bean, from the Florida Current. Bull. Mar. Sci. Gulf & Caribbean. 6, 233-260. Delsman, A, 1933, Fish eggs and larvae from the Java Sea. Clupea lile (C.V). Treubia. 14 (2): 247-249. Hubbs, C.L. 1943. Terminology of early stages of fishes, Copeia. Ann. Arbour; 260. Jones, S. 1950. A note on the terminology of the early developmental stages of fishes. J.. Mar. Biol. - • AS^ India.,, 2: 39-41. Jones, S. 1967. On the terminology for phases and • stages in the life history of teleostean fishes. Proc. Zool, Soc. (Calcutta), 20 (1)s 99-102. Jones, S. and M. Kumaran. 1962. Eggs, larvae and juveniles of Indian Scombroid fishes. Symposium on Scombroid fishes MBAI, Mandapam Camp, Pt,1: 343-378, Kuthalingam, M.D.K. 1959, A contribution to the life histories and feeding habits of horse-mackerels, Megalaspis cordyla (Linn), and Caranx mate (Cuv. & Val,) and notes on the effect of absence of light on the development and feeding habit of larvae and postlarvae of Megalaspis cordyla. J, Madras Univ.. 29 (B): 79-96. Legapsi, A. 1956. A contribution to the life history of the nomeid fish Psenes cyanophrys Cuv, & Val. Bull, Mar. Sc. Gulf & Caribbean. 6 (3);179-199. Matsumoto, Walter M. 1958. Description and distribution of larvae of four species of tuna in the Central Pacific waters. Fish^ Bull. U.S.. 58 (128): 31-72...... ,-^

CMFRl/Sl/1989/Th.XII * ,

GUIDELINES FOR IDENTIFICATION OF POSTLARVAE By M. Kumaran Principal Scientist (Central Marine. F;lsheries Research Institute. Cochin)

Introduction '

From the morphological resemblances and the progress of changes in morphology accompanying growth, it is possible to trace the development of fishes. However, the easiest means in identifying fish larvae is to identify the largest stage and work down to the smallest. Structure and shape of the headi, trunk and tails Bony structures are found on the head in the post- larvae of Syngnathidae, Pegasidae, Ostraciontic^e cJnd Dactylopteridae. Spiny scales begin to form in the postlarvae of Balistidae, Aluteridae, Cephalacanthidae, Diodontidae and Tetrodontidae. Postlarvae in some families like Lobotidae, Holocentridae, Cepolidae, Champsodontidae, Siganidae and Platycephalidae develop a bony crest of diverse types on the nape. Holocentridae, Istiophoridae, Cephalacanthidae and Dactylopteridae have a prominent spine on the supraoccipital part of the head. Freopercular spines are a common feature in the post­ larvae of Holocentridae, Theraporiidae, Carangidae, Coryphaenidae, Scomberomoridae,- Istiophoridae, Thunnidae, Lutianidae, Cepolidae, Serranidae, Lobotidae, Pegasidae, Leiognathidae, Menidae, Sparidae, Platycephalidae, Champsodontidae and Scorpaenidae, Postlarval stages of Scombridae, Labridae, Gobiidae, Trypauchenidae, Clupeidae etc, have no preopercular spines. Scorpaenidae, Stroma- teidae, Cephalacartthidae, Cepolidae, Holocentridae, / / Istiophoridae and Champsodontidae have a bony ridge above the eye in the postlarval stages. Postlarvae of Holocentridae, Istiophoridae, Xiphiidae and Pegasidae have protruding snout. A barbel is generally present on the chin in postlarval Exocoetids. Champsodontid^ae have an elogated tentacle on the operculum. . The mouth in the postlarvae may be oblique (Hemirhamphidae, Exoco- etidae, Bregmacerotidae, Apogonidae, Leiognathidae, • Crtr"r:jidoe, Lutianidae, Serranidae and Opisthognathidae), ir;f :iior (Hclocentridae, Cephalacanthidae), subterminal (cncjra'j.lid'G) or tube-like (Fistulariidae, Syngnathidae). Large size of the head relative to the rest of the body, the sharply pointed snout with well developed teeth on the jaws and prominent preopercular spines distinguish scombroid larvae from others. The preoper­ cular spines gradually get reduced from above to below and in the postlarvae extend to beyond the operculum in - Scomberomorus quttatus, whereas in the corresponding stages in Sj, commerson the second spine situated at the angle of the preopercle is conspicuously larger than the next and it extends beyond the operculum. The preoper­ cular spines which are present in the larvae and early juveniles of most scombroids aire absent in Rastrelliqer kanagurta. Thus, the absence of preopercular spines is a useful criterion in identifying and isolating the postlarvae of Rastrelliqer from those of other scombroids. In Rj. kanaqurta at about 8.6 mm the shape of the head and the body, particularly the dorsal and ventral profiles are markedly adult-like and the transformation from the larvae to the juvenile is at about 9.5 mm. Silas and George (1971) state that during the larval and metamor­ phosing stages of Vinciquerria nimbaria a progressive increase in the length of the head upto the postmeta- morphic stage takes place. The head which has a more or less truncate snout in the larval stages, assumes the a) H 3 -^ '-h a 1- CO >+> c+ 0 •0 a> 3- TJ H« c+ H 0 a c+ H- TJ & a 0 cr a 3 H' T! iQ D .fl) (0 H' t^« o •t-' 3 H' 3- • 0 3 0) H 3 0 QJ Hi H- 3* 3- 0 (C 0 T*' ro H' (D 3 0 CD 3 3 D H' cy 3 (D vO H- (X fD H) fD fD (0 3 M T3 0 CO c+ £0 3 a •^ < -< —1. M c-f- cn w 3 !-• 3 fO 0) c+ f+ (0 £t- H) H c+ w CD 0 3 gj H- c+ fD cr o e f-" H> o g P+ «* 3. 3" 3* s-' • 0) Hi CD t— QJ DJ 3 0 3 3- 3 H ^ ^'-^ CJ H- QJ . ci- H 01 Q) § fD M (0 CU fD n> QJ fD H H- 0) H- (-• H CD CO 0 to CD QJ cn 3 rt- H cr d •• a H- 3" M H to fD H- H 3 OJ H- H c+ H-" ~ c+ H- a 0) OJ ?r c rt- Ti a OJ -y t-. H- 3- 0) a <-»• £U c+ H, M (-• hi 0 fD C+: H- QJ c+ 3 0 H to H- Sf (D 3 CO CO tu c+ CO H> O 3 fD 3 0) (0 (T> fD H- 0 H-' 3 fD 0 0 !i OJ c+ 0 (D 3- Hi CO CO c-»- 4!» »- Q) ^ O (D O 3 fl) H' f_. 0 CD H 0 fD- QJ CO fc-* H) iQ a H- rf e+- CO rr N«—^ H- C fD CO • el­ 3 O a I— TJ H >-• < Q. H 3 CO Hi (0 H- «+ c> H- H QJ 3 fi) 3- rf CO fD (D 0 fD fD H* TJ Q) CO H H 3 fD CO (Q CD QJ (D n> • a »-• « s' • V s a « Qi t— H- fD c+ H c+ QJ W (0 H) H CO 3" !-• t+ 0 0 < CO CO 3 < fD •d fD H- e¥ y-' H, 3* O 3* 3 c+ TJ c+ H- 3' 3- (-• QJ CO H- QJ QJ CO fl> 3 c ^T^ e c 0) H a H- T3 fD Q> fD a 1-' fD H 0 £J 0 > CU fD Qj (-• h-- H- H- H- 3 3 0 CO H :T H' H> fD O 0) H-" OJ 0 c+ Hi 3 CO 3 cn 3 K- CO < fD 0 G. a • H- < H- D H* < a; H' CT Hi < H c+ 3- 0 (0 a 3 H' iQ 0 CO rD fD -< 3 QJ (A a rj «+ H Q> Q) H- fD < H- 0 to (B H- iC3 to H" 3 H> fD CO Q> 0 c+ £U Hi Hi NO 3"- fl) 0 H H- c H QJ C 0) H- 3 W X 3 H 3- H- TS H- H- • c: l-» lO «+ < to o (D O O > 0> H- fD fD TJ 3 0 0 M fU 0 to CO cr H 3 H CO H« 3 c D H» 5 3 •^ 3 O »— TJ (0 3" H- H < H- 4 'J3 » 0 H- QJ H> H- n < c+ QJ H- ch e+ « o (D «< 3 3" fD 3 H -< -< QJ QJ (_• 3 . 0 0 (t) NO H- fD 0 0 (0 CO 3 Hi fD Hi C 3- OJ *:•> 3 g H* H TJ 3* M H> a 0) TJ 0) H (0 H* CO a 0 QJ H- H fD 0 H- CO H> (0 QJ 3 H' H> (D Q) H- I-- fff p. cn H- c TJ 3 fD QJ CO 3 fD H- H CO CO ro c+ 3 0 H -a 3 *• Q) H' H* !-• a> * 3 H fD 0) a 0 a a 0 fD 0 3 C 3* TJ 0 p. 0 H- a H o H H fD H 0) 3* TJ a Q> (0 c H H, H- 3 QJ H fD H* 0 H 0 3 3 0 3 < QJ Cu fD < fD Q> p. I— H" e+ 0 fD H TJ c+ 0) H- CO 3 CO CO 3* CO c QJ o D> £+ TJ a H- QJ M Q) « ' c: c+ 3* t+ H- 0 H- H* H- 3 3 • H- QJ CO. h-- 0 0. in (D H" H» 3* fD 3 TJ 0 a» CO Hi fD . 0 H- DJ 3 fD 3 0 a cQ c+ H- 3 H »• QJ c c £+ o a 0) fD •o Q) rt- H- 0 (-•• 3 3 3- p. 0) QJ t-i CO M CU 3 D C po fD C m l-l fD 0 ? a> a a fD s' b < 3' 3* H' • 3 3 fD e-^ OJ H- H, o O fD fD c+ (0 H Q> 0) cr fD H H- 3 H- < H> < 3 a O c+ M H, CO fD (0 3 QJ H) CO c+ fD !-•• H 01 H c 0 U* Q> 0. M C QJ 3 3- < Hi 3- CO (7+ M 3f <+ J-" a Q> CD fD 0) 0 H 0 00 H* e+ fD QJ a 3 Q. 3 fD fa (D 3- fD e^

In the postlarvae measuring 5,4 mm of Kowala Coval. the pectoral fin is rounded with a few striations repre­ senting the future rays (Bensam, 1969), The predorsal length is almost double the postanal length. The pelvic c 0 rH •H c •-« (0 c -p «b •P •H >. <0 •rH «D «H • >. *» >. •H 3 « c •P •P TO x> f^ o> T3 (0 0 r-» Q> to 3 C E +» • •H 3 (U (tS H rH CU >- XI •H • (0 n « c c M TO >- TO •H «— TO c a «H *H CO TO •H CO M to M cn 4J •H a> c > Ti M (U M +> M «> SC +» rH •P C to C U +» (U Qi c •TO c T3 D^ <0 M •H (4 "O > 0 > •h < 0 TO 0 to 0) -P TO tM D> TO CO u +> •H +» 0) •H a >H ID c rH •0 •H g £> Q. x: c •H > fH x: 0 •H rH •H C U >. M Tf 0 +» a (0 0) • 0 »H «" "O TO rH c Xi CO M u •H D . u 6 c ••-» T5 x: •H W •-» •H (0 <> M Q> 3i TO >• N E 3 •H a» XJ 0 XJ 0) TO +> TO Q. o o •3. C +j > 0 C •. TO r-i -P C TO (U >< CO 0 tH « c a C 4H x: C C o sz •H o> <0 •H a (9 x: £' •H "^ XJ TO M x: TO •H 0 TO 'TO «M u Qi TO H n +» •D D» 0 H -p iH «H 0) TO P /• +» N TO tH rH a CD •H XJ ^ •H •H (0 C a «H 0 *tH •P f^ « •p n OS TO tW TO E' 0) x: a> XJ c •H u> « (0 6 >» •H • 0 ^, (0 -H 3 a> •H c; c T- M •-i CO •H XJ 0 to +> M •H IH •H •H O • Ht Rl ^ XJ •p o> u «0 0 M .x: TO X3 «w HJ x: •H D c C x: f- • +> a 0 N 3 TO 0 XJ 0 TO S 0 to U •h 0 TO -p XJ •H •H O 0) +» tn e OT •H D> 0 «0 XJ u o; <0 x: +» •P >. •H X5 to c c rH rH ttH •H x: T— • VJ >. +J O' c x: TO 3 rH O^ +» .5 3 • ro C 0 +J U < TO M •H Q> c »*4 a> M •P x: a •H 0 QJ +5 x: •H 0 a •H H TO •H x: •H XJ XD M 03 M •h rH 3 -P CO TJ 0 rD4 C rH CO •H +» HJ +» 5 TO CO -P C £ 0 0 3 0 •H u>. T3 TO • TO fH XJ 0 (4H •H •t to TO TO CD 3 CO ro .-* § JQ XI a«. cr 1 XI ^ C c TO XJ rH 0 0 > 0 • U c C x: TO to . Q> CO Q) CD 0 • PH 0 TO Q) c TO c rH TO rH u •rt •H 0 C cc cy T3 O 0) r^ x: TO XJ Qi • Ht •H 0; 0) 1 x: 3 • 0 OJ n -p >H- -p Ti d £ 0) •P TJ >H 3 XJ u P- M C TO ^ c •H Qi +» x: HJ *w in H CO CO C 0 a> +» 0 TO +» . U > h 0 rH 0 c U X3 •H •H to JC 0 TO XJ M X2 0 0 > •o • •H ja «c 4J ra +> 0 3 & ''3. H-< TO •H TO C •P > M 0 +> M c 0 •H €0 0 w c M 0 C: 0 XT' C* eo > 0 CO 3 CO u +> M TO x: Q -P 0 3 +» 0 >• (-1 r-4 CNJ 0 M 4J a C TO to TO CO «H 0 a rH ro 10 +» 0 0 +> a H C «o 0 TO 0 OJ rH M •H c 0) •H •r^ • • a HH TO 0) o w (0 u n a> en Q. 0 Q. •H ^ « -H c >. G 0 •H to U x: a -P 0 Q^ ••C: QJ. 'H cu Q) H a TO (U TO -P -H TO •H TO Q> u cu Qi •P ro > «0 x^ e r-J •H x: 0 «H 0 0 x: 0 0 0 x: x: 0) CO O XJ M-i U •P en x: to 0% +» ^ (-) -tj M •D rH 5 4J tt 0 C N C +> •p 0 CO •P c -p O (0 >. i-i ^ •H 0) f- OJ x: 0) Q) a l-H X) TO rH a> ,TO 0) M c TO M QJ •H ^ JD s rH (0 0 >. 0) ^-^ 0 c H +> > TO e TO c Q E >. 0 0 a >• x: •^ G •H (0 T5 a Xl x: «o c •H H XJ <0 Di to sz • x: to 0 a C (0 a HJ c • •P o (U T-* 0) 0 TO W a* c T3 0) • •H TO 0) H OJ Q> -P 0 0 OJ 0. ^ 0 CU T— +» o <+-! a +> T3" •H '^Ofl IH T— . c •H rH rH MH <0 0 4J X5 to C 0 rH •H c rH +j 0 •H TO c O

x» TO TO x: CO­ Q TO' 0 X5 0) 0) +> M £i (D Cu •P > o 0 +> 0 -P QJ. •H Of 4^ •k -P 0 •H X3 JO H rH • Xi c C Ok > TO •H E 0 TO (H 0> D. x: •H 3 > <0 G. M Oi <*-4 •>. •i-S- (0 3 J CO c •H 3 OJ 4J to 0 N +J TO ro •rt. +> T5 0 0 0 Q- fOl fO 0 w •P •H fC +J -p •H rH G) to E 0 X3 C W M a c rH ^ M c- XJ 6 a •H C o- x: > u ••H . • .x: TO 0 -p fH N • •' 0) 0 sz 0 4J c •rH ("C . E TO C to o CO "C >- Otl >. «—1 •H 0 OJ £ •P >. 3 +> to >< • ea XJ D> C •H x: 0) >- fO. c OJ

* . • • • . position of melanophores at the base of the caudal fin^ in the postlarvae shew slight variations. The chromato- phores on the dorsum of the viscera and intestine are Sometimes diffuse (Silas, 1974), In Scomberbmorus. chrcmatophores are present in patches at the tip of the snoutp above and between orbitals, above the region .of the hind brain and in the posterior region of the opercle (Jones and Kumaran, 1962), On the body they are present close to the base of the dorsal fin and along the mid- lateral line and a few at the ba&e of the caudal and anal fins. The anterior region of the first dorsal is slightly picjmented. In Psepes cyanophrys postlarvae measuring 4,9 mih, chromatcphores are seen on the head and abdominal regions (Legapsi, 1956). In an advanced postlarva of 7 mm the pigmentation of the gut has intensified and numerous ehromatophores cover the body. A row of melanophores Q> TJ H <+ 3 »-• 3 0) Hj G) a O o ai 3* 3 H> 01" TJ c^ rt- H TJ © TJ rt- <+ ^ Q; (n 01 !-• Q) H- 3 O H- o C Qj O 3 H- H 3" H> TJ 3 01 o H* 3 © O 3* ro O 01 Q) H' 3* 3- Hi e*- Ql 3 (ft a 0) a TJ 3 H a 3 © 4 ' TJ a < H 3 01 o . ro (Q (ft H c-l- i—' © © ro H a H a £+ ^Q 3" © < s * O H- © © © H» H' ci- rt- H- rt- *-> rt- !— 3 'H« ro iQ (ft c+ !-• O O H D Q) 3 TJ' 3 3" ai en O O 3- 3 o h- •< 0 /' H- (ft TJ H> ro (ft © tr Q) H O T5 o H a> © H 3" © H- H" H> H © o 3 Q] H rt- 3 , rt- ro © H- H !-• © fD W a» O C O Xf H •H © e+ O X 3 a H- 01 c W H TJ 3 3" rt- zr ro T5 iQ 3 rt- 0 or 01 © H- f> -«1 H H- 3 3- t+ O 3 3 3 o H» 01 , a c*^ H* rt- CO TJ (ft H- (ft ro (ft e+ H' DJ en* (0 3" 3 Hi C+- o 3 iQ a 0) s; M H- Q. l-- <^ •o f* 01 © > crf 0 H c+ M H 3 cu c+ O ^ H 3- tO © ro 3- a 3 •• ; c+ (ft QJ TJ •3- « rt- H TJ 1— TJ l— t+ 3' fD 3" H* 0> O 3 w © c cr © 0) TJ a © • o •3" rt- H H 01 rt- •<: < S» 0 a» m H cQ fO (Q ©' 3 3 H © 0) CO e*- 03 © zr o a m o »d rt ro Q> C o © c. • . 01 3 H © sr •H 01 3* o 3 3- 3 3 rt- < o © rt- H © (ft © c+ 3 e* 0) TJ H rt- Q. © o c H" 3 C © rt- c iQ ro rt- (ft rf- ©'• 01 TJ vQ !-• 3- 3 >• ' c+ cr H !-• 3- T5 O o TJ .3 H- (0 S H © o rt- •« © H- c •< © ^ 0 01 © O O H- >-< H ZT H- (0 3-- TJ ro 3 © TJ o e*- cr H 3- flJ H- ^ IQ H- rt- Hi 3 H H o 3 H ua CU 3" © 3" ro ©. © « U3 O 3" o O H tQ 3, «r 01 3 H rth 3- ri- O o iQ © H © (0 © © 0) o in TJ Ha- © Q. H O © ct- © © Hs' a0 3* rt- 3 H •''* ro ro a O CO 0) ^ c+ 3 © TJ a 3" o , Q> cr H >-• rt- rt- ua « V* 01 H 01 e*- © (0 ift or © H- <+ o or o r»- H Q> o © 3 H 3 ro cr O o> O H' c rt' rt- ^••"s © H- 01 a» h- 01 © 0 0 1 3" O H © o 0) c+ H a> © © & 3- 01 3 H 3* 3 rt- o 01 O O Q "B^ 3 rt- a •< '-' a a H -J H 3* © < t+ (Q O 0) a 01 M> 3 01 < ro O 3* !-• TJ t-* 3 H l-"- c 0 •< 0 1 o H Q) ro H* H 3" ai H H- »-• /3- Q. rt- Q> (n rt- H H 3- 01 01 H 2*5 O H-f 01 H H» H TJ c O 0) 3 n O O © H* Q) 3 O a O ro O (ft O 3 o 01 3 rt- 3 H- 0 Cft 0 iQ 3 e+ rt- 3 C (A 3 c+ e+ 5 © TJ H- 01 TJ «Q 3 T3 H O © 3 0. rt- CL rt- 3- 01 H 3* 0) H- © c+ t3 s+ a 3" © © rt- X 3- (ft H a« H* 0) 0) © © H *Q 01 H- O © yQ 3* H- »-' rt- o rt- M H 3*- 3* 0) cr O © 3' H 3" rt- O ro ••> o - H« © Q> » © T> (rt o>. © H Ui o 3 O © «• (0 3 ? 3" a H or o 3* 0) ro Cl' ro a (0 lO © © 01 3- cr H (ft , •3 01 © 01 H C ci- c*- t+ O H* o H" M ^ © .•ir+ 3 Q» • • -s,.. *< H- 3 (ft 3 O © © vO TJ rt* TJ 01 o. H 0 ^ Q 0 0 3" H (0 TJ a 3 3 © t+ 3, w © 3 3* g rt- a H 3- Oi , TJ TJ (0 rt- -< TJ 3"- Hi fD fD O '•< H- e+ Q) H b' • « (Q H- H 01 © ¥*• (ft O^ • •t HJ 3* © o a 3 ••^ ro ro ro 0) © H • © Q) 3* 3 H- 3 «• 01 H TJ (0 3 ro >—^ . 01 (ft H 01 2 0 0 (0 ' rt- cr H cl- 3 3 © Q) O c+ 01 a H- © o a © • ' et- H (ft 3 <. H ••3r 3* 3 H« (0 H* H O 3* •t) o © TJ 0) 0) 3 :3r •4- 01 H- Q. (ft § © H © o o (J. a tu H- O >- H« 0) a 3" n H' 3- H n H* rt- H> ct- H rt- H tS^ 3 3 01 (ft © •< (n cr 3 H) a o H> e+ H © (O H O (Q O o ro ro 3* H' M O ^#-"" o rt- Hy 0 3 3 a • . M H H* < H H- O O © 3 O (A ei- 3 C H ro 3 3 c 3 ro rt- C H> (Q (ft 01 0 H* © O O © Q) w 3 3 © 3 (0 o ro *+ H*. H» •ji O 3- 3" 0) a 3 © ro © C 0> ro c .iQ H, n 1—. ro M 3* >*> 3 a H> © •o H- e+ n © ro rt- a o rt- a c+ •ti­ rt- 0 e* rt- Q> 3 © a H- TJ 3- 3 H- 3- "H- £> H O 01 iT © ff H TJ 3 H* 0 •-< H 0> 6 "O 3 !-• © O H- o •o 3* © O n (ft TJ 3 ro 01 e+ d © •A 0 Ql 0 3 H- ro I-- a 3" o (0 01. O H «+ 3 H © >< 3 0) 01 rt- O fli­ Q) H 3* 3- vQ *k (ft rt- 0) H» a a Q> o H CO H e+ © H- © til ro 01 I— 3- (ft a H* © H' rt- 0 1— 0 vQ H O O (n < (A a H* © rt- er •< O © TJ © 3 1 :© H © 0 rt- © ro 3 H 3- 1— © 01 H O O H !• (ft . H- 0 0 1 1-^ H- O ^ 0 H •s H ro o (ft •< -8- Myomeres and myosei?ta;

The number of myomeres in the postlarvae of Rastrelliqer kanaqufta are variable until the full comple­ ment of myomeres is formed by,the time the larvae attain 4 mm (Silas, 1974). Myomeres grow obliquely with zigzr.~ girg in most of the segments by about 5.4 mm. The flexion of the notochord begins at about 5 mm and the simultaneous fcrmation of the hypural plate also coincides with the ;:•'caqinn of tho myomeres, ,,-••.•'• j-n. of th-3 eye in flat fishes;

According to Jones end Menon (1951), the duration of metamorphosis varies in different flat fishes. In Brachirus pan the pelagic life is short and transformation takes place early. The migration of eye is first indicated in the 3.4 mm stage and appears to be rather quick. At about 4,6 mm stage, the left eye reaches the dorsal edge and comes near to the right side vyhen the fish becomes a postlarva. Among -'la.t fishes Bothus par^therinus may be an example of late metamorphosis. The position of the eye in the postlarva of Cynoqlossus lingua shows a condition different from that of Brachirus pan, they are so close •: that they appear to touch one another. During the first phase of migration the eyes become very close, but later these gradually nove apairt to give rise to the condition in the adult. ; .

Development of sca,les_;_ • In clupeoids, scales begin to appear when the ;. larvae are about 15-16 mm in length. The scales are not formed, uniformly all over the body. On the dorsal.side anterior to the dorsal fin, these are formed subsequent to the other regions. The scales are very thin:and fall off very easily. The scutes begin to, develop in the juveniles of more than 20 mm anc^^are formed in front of the pelvics and then gradually-^along the ventral edge of the abdomen. In mackerel, Hastrelliqer kanaqurta first -9-. signs of formation of scales are observed in specimens of more than 20 mm (Balakrishrfan and Rao, 1971). In Vlnciquerria nirhbaria Silas and George (1971) observed in a stage 6f 15.3 mm that the scales are deciduous and scale pockiSts are discernible on account of the fine rows of pigment spots., ;; --.•-l

References , ,^

Balakrishnan, V. and K.V. N. Rao. 1971.. Some postlarval and juvenile stages of the Indian •fiaackerel,' Rastrelliqer fcanaqurta (Cuvier), with notes on the changes in body form. Indian J. Fish;vl4; 97-114. Bensam, P. 1969. Notes,on postlarval stages of the white sardine, Kowala coval (Cuvier). J. Mar. Biol. Ass. India. 11: 251-254.

Clancey, J.F. 1956* A contribution to the life history of the fish» Breamacerds atlanticus (Goode and Bean, from the Florida current. Bull. Mar. Sci. Gulf & Caribbean. 6 (3): 233-260. Jones, S. and M. Kumaran. 1962. Eggs, larvae and juveniles of Indian Scombroid fishes MBAI, Symposium on Scombroid Fishes, 1: 343-378. Jones, S, and P.M.G. Menon. 1951. Notes on the bionomies and developmental stages of some Indian flat fishes, J. Zool. Soc. India. 3 (1): 71-83. Jones, S. and V.R. Pantulu, 1952. On the metamorphosing stages of the talabon .eel» Muraenesox talabon (Cantor) with description's of some leptocephali from the estuaries of Orissa. J^ Asiat .Soc.. T8 (2): 129-140. Legapsi, A, 1956. A contribution to the life-history of the nomeid fish Psenes cyanophrys Cuv. & Val. Bull. Mar. Sci. Gulf & Caribbean." 6 (3): 179-199. Matsumoto,M. 1.958. Description and distribution of larvae of four species of tuna in the Central :. Pacific waters. Fish. Bull. U.S^ 58 (128): 31-72. Silas, E.G. 1974. Larvae of Indian Mackerel, Rastre- lliqer kanaqurta (Cuvier) from the west coast of India. Indian J. Fish.v,21 (I): 233-253. Silas, E.G. and K.C. George. 1969. On the larval and postlarval development and distribution of the mesopelagic.fish Vinciquerria pimbaria (Jordan and Viiiiiams) (Family Gohostdmatidae). off the west coast of India and the Laccadive Sea. J. Mar. Biol. Assoc. India. 11; 218-250. CMFRl/Sl/1989/Th.XIII

CHARACTERS AIDING IN THE IDENTIFICATION OF EGGS AND LARVAE OF MAJOR GROUPS

By

P. Bensam Principal Scientist

(Central Marine Fisheries Research Institute. Cochin)

The various characters of the eggs,la.rvae,postlarvaG of marine fishes as summarised by Ahlstrcm and Mcser (1976) may be considered group-wise, as follows. A perusal of the publications by Russell (1976), Jones, Martin and Hardy Jr. (1978), Fritsche (1978), Hardy Jr. (1978a,b), Johnson (1978) and Martin and Drewry*(1978) will also be of much use in this regard. (1) Clupeiformes; The Order Clupeiformes is composed of the Indian species of sardines (Sardinella). herrings (llisha, Pellona, Opisthopterus). shads (Hilsa). (Stolephorus, Thryssa. Coilia, Setipinna). wolf- herring (Chirocentrus) etc. The characters aiding in the identification of the Indian species have been summarised by Bensam (1971). The eggs of all the species have a vacuolated yolk eggs of anchovies elliphical? chorion unornamentedj perivitelline space is quite wide in sardines but narrow in anchovies; single oilglobule present i*n most sardines, many in Escualosa. ^•ematalosa, Setipinna, Coilia, etc; embryonic pigmentation on the dorsal side present only in sardines. Larvae are pelagic, transparent, elongated, with anus situated far behind; Pigment spots present on the dorsal side of early larvae of only sardines; In newly hatched -2- larvae, the hinder end of yolk sac is globular and rounded off in sardines, but pyriform in anchovies5 myomeres have an angular appearance and muscle fibres have a crossed arrangement. The position of vent changes with progressive development, thus altering the prean^ . and postanal number of m.yomeres. In postlarval (isvelc - ment, the disposition of the dorsal fin in relation to the anal fin changes; in early postlarvae there is a slight increase in pigmentation and in late postlarvae the pigmentation increases; scales and scutes recognisable in the late postlarvae when the vent also occupies the adult position. (2) Anguilliforyes; This Order comprises the eels, such as the Indian Anquilla« Echidna (Muraena) Urocongir, Muraenesea, Ophichthus, etc. The eggs are pelagic, spherical, with smooth chorion, vacuolated yolk, perivitelline bpecie v;ide and have one or more oilglobule. Larvae hatch out as leptocephali, with usuallya straight gut and with a marked transformation to juvenile condition. Nair and Mohamed (1961) may be consulted for details in the development and metamorphosis, (3) Gonorhynchiformes; Represented only by a single species Chanos chanos found in India also, the eggs and larvae have many Clupeiform characters? but the muscle fibres have a parallel arrangement and not a crossed one, (4) Myctophiformeg; In India this Order is represented by the Bombay Duck (Harpoden nehereus), lizard fishes (Saurida, Trachino"- cephalus), etc. The eggs are pelagic, spherical, with hexagonal pattern in some (Synodidae-Saurida, Trachino~ cephalus). yolk may be segmented or homogeneous, perivittriine space narrow and usually a single oilglobule is present. • -3- The larvae are elongated, gut is straight or varidusiy shaped, head spination may or may not be present and transformation may b- either gradual or marked.Postlarvae with conspicuous ventrolateral spots of pigments* (5) Atheriniformes; In India this ofder is predominantly represented by the flying fishes (Exocoetus, Hirundichthys, Cypselurus), the half-beaks (Hemirhamphus, Tenarchopterus) and Garfishes (Belone or Tylosurus). Eggs moistly attached to other objects such as plants by means of well developed chorionic filaments. Usually most of the fins develop within the embryonic period itself; and the postlarvae are mostly pigmented.

(6) Perciformes; This is perhaps the most diversified of all fish orders and the largest vertebrate order, encompassing the families of Indian salmon (Polynemidae), barracudas (Sphyraenidae), grey mullets (Mugilidae), mackerels, tunas, seerfishes (Scoi^bridae), horse mackerels (Carangidae), perches (Epinephelidae), etc. The characteristic features of some of these families are summarised below;- (a) Carangidae; Eggs pelagic, spherical, with a single oilglobule, most species with segmented yolk and embryo, yolk and oilglobule pigmented. Alimentary canal short in the larvae, the body of which are pigmented. Pigmentation increases in postlarvae and juveniles. (b) Sciaenidae; Characters of eggs and larvae almost the same as those of Carangidae, but the yolk is homogeneous and un- segmented. Alimentary canal of larvae rather short with anterior anus. Postlarvae with distinctly oblique mouth and dense pigmentation. _4- (c) Scombridae; Eggs, pelagic, spherical, with homogeneous yolk, with a single oilglobule and embryo as well as oilglobule with pigmentation. Alimentary canal of larvae short With anterior location of vent. Snout becomes prominent in later postlarval stages. Presence of preopercular spines is characteristic of the postlarvae of most genera but are absent in mackerels, (d) Gobiidae; Eggs mostly demersal, attached to submerged objects, shapes rather irregular, sometimes elliptical, characterised by enormous prot ::.plasm and little yolk and with little pigmentation. Larvae elongated, with position of vent at about the m.iddle of the specimens. (e) Sphyraenidae; Eggs pelagic, spherical, with an oilglobule, yolk segmented and the embryo as well as the oilglobule become pigmented as development progresses. Larval vent is placed towards the hinder end of the body which is pigmented. Postlarval development characterised by elongation of the snout. (f) Muqilidae; Eggs spherical, with a large oilglobule, which becomes pigmented along with the embryo and the yolk, as development progresses. Larval body and oilglobule usually heavily pigmented. Position of vent is almost at the middle region. Postlarval development characterised by dense pigmentation. (7) Pleuronectiformes; This order comprising flatfishes is made up in India of Indian halibut (rsettodss). lefteyed flounders (Pseudorhombus , Arnoqlossus^ Psettina, Bothus) right-eyed 1

• -5- ®°^®® (Solea.Synaptuxa) and left-eyed soles (Cvnoqlossus). The eggs are predominantly pelagic and seldom demersal, spherical, usually with smooth chorion but with hexagonal pattern in some species, yolk homogeneous, perivitelline space is narrow and oilglobuie is either absent or if present one or many in'number (Embryo)and yolk sac may be pigmented, Larvae are with a coiled gut, with head spination and metamorphosis is marked with migration of one of the »eyes to the other side in cases where both eyes are on one side. (a) Bothidae; ' Eggs pelagic, spherical having hemogenous yolk, with a single oilglcbule and pigmentation of-embryo, yolk and pilglobule. Larvae with good pigmentation and position of vent at about the middle of body, which shifts forwards during ppstlarval development. Body becomes broader and the right eye shifts to the left side during metaaorphosis. First dorsal fin ray usually long during postlarval phase, (b) Pleuronectidae; Eggs pelagic, spherical, having homogenous yolk usually without an oilglobule and the embryo with dense pigmentation. Larval pigmentation.usually becomes localised as a few bands as development progresses. Postlarval development marked by a lateral broadening of the body, and shifting of' the left eye to .the right side, involving metaaorphosis. (c) Soleidae? Pelagic, spherical eggs, with a number of oil droplets, with homogeneous yolk and with stellate pigmentation for the embryo and the yolk. Larval finfold sometimes shows stellate pigments. Duijing postlarval development there is a metamorphosis invol­ ving the shifting of the left eye to the right side. -6-. •; (d) Cvnoqlossidae; Eggs pelagic, spherical, yolk homogeneous, with many droplets of oilglobule. In advanced stages the embryo is.pigmented with stellate- chromatophore on its body and larval finfold. A tentacle develops dorsal to the head in early postlarval stage which is actually the futute first dorsal ray followed by the development of the second to a few more rays in further stages. References Ahlstrom, E.H. and H.G. Moser 1976. Eggs and larvae of fishes and their role in systematic investi­ gations and in fisheries. Revue des travaise de L institut des peches maritimes. 40 (3 & 4); 379-398. Bensam, P. 1971, A preliminary review of our knowledge oh the early life histories of Glupeiformes from Indian Waters with provisional keys for identifying the eggs and early larvae. La_ irier^ 9 (3): 158-167. Fritzche, R.A. 1978. Development of Fishes of the Mid- Atlantic Bight. V, Chaetodontidae through Qphidiidae, U.S. Dept. Inter., Fish and Wildl. Serv, -Hardy Jr, J.D. 1978 a. Development of Fishes of the Mid-Atlantic Bight, II.. Anguillidae through Syngnathidae. U,S. Dept. Inter., Fish & Wildl, Serv, Hardy Jr, J.D, 1978 b. Development of Fishes of the Mid-Atlantic Bight. III. Aphredoderidae through Rachvcentridae. U.S. Dept. Inter., Fish & Wildl. Serv. Johnson, G.D. 1978, Development of Fishes of the Mid- Atlantic Bight. IV. Caranqidae through Ephippidae U.S. Dept. Inter., Fish & Wildl. Serv. -7- Jones, P.W., F.D. Martin and J.D. Hardy .Jr 1978. Development of Fishes of the Mid'nAtlantic Bight I. Acipenseridae through Ictaluridae. U.S, Dept. Inter., Fish 8. Wildl. Serv. Martin, F.D. and G.E. Drewry 1978. Development of fishes of the Mid-Atlantic Bight. VI. Stromateidae through Qgcocephalidae. U.S. Dept." Inter., Fish & Wildl. Serv. I Nair, R.V. and K.H. Mohamed 1961, Studies on the I leptocephali of Bombay Waters I - V. Proc. I Indian Acad. Sci.. 52 B (5): 147-219. I Ramanathan, N. and R. Natarajan 1979. Flat fish eggs, 1 larvae and their development. Aquaculture. tSs 1 349-366. I Russell, F.S. 1976. The Eggs and Planktonic .Stages of British Marine Fishes. Academic Press, London. '^

i CMFRX/Sl/1989/Th.XIV

QUANTITATIVE STUDIES AND.PROJECTIONS OF MARINE FISH EGGS AND LARVAE

By . • Rani Mary George • Scientist (Selection Grade)

(Central Marine Fisheries Research Institute, Cochin)

Regular sainpling of fish eggs and larvae is essential for locating shoals of adult fishes and their spawning and nursery grounds. The implication of such'studies in the estimation of spawning biomass is well stressed and docu­ mented by various authors (Ahlstrom, 1968| Tanaka, 1973| Smith and Richardson 1977; Regner £t al.., 1981). The following techniques are used for estimation of the number (quantity) of eggs and larvae in space and time as well as for their projections for fisheries research and develop­ mental programmes.

Sampling for estimation;

Fish eggs and larval surveys have to be designed to overcome problems arising from spatial and temporal variations. Hence surveys have to be planned to cover all the spawning areas and seasons of the target species. With this in view, the Chief Scientist, the Captain and the technicians of the Ship plan the cruise and. fix the stations. There are a lot of ways to' distribute the stations over the survey area. From the statistical point of view, -Lhe random distribution of the stations will give best results, but this will consume a lot of ship's time. Colebrook (1973) has examined the different sampling patterns and he emphasizes that the evenly spaced grid in time and space has many advantages. It has been found by Switzer (1967) that a. 2:1 rectangular grid is the most • -2- convenient one for estimations and projections of the availability and abundance of fish eggs and larvae. After the plankton samples are taken ashore a measurement of the wet plankton volume, determined by displacement method is made. For thiSj the pres^^rving liquid is removed from the plankton by pouring the sample through a calibrated filtering cone (Volume determiner) made of 0.33 mm Nitex. The plankton is retained in the cone until the drainag^-of liquid from the cone diminishes . to an occas-ional drop. The volume of the drained plankton is then determined by using an automated burette. It is recommended to sort out total samples for fish eggs and larval st,udies. Only in the case of very large numbers of eggs and larvae, samples can be divided into subsamples. and one or more- of them sorted. In that case samples can be fractioned into aliauots using plankton Splitters, such as Folsom splitter (McEv^en et. al,, 1954). The Bogorov's counting tray is one of the best type of containers used for sorting and counting ichthyoplankton (Newell and Newell, 1963). A small quantity of sample to be sorted is poured into the counting tray and its contents are closely observed under the dissecting microscope. All the fish eggs and larvae are removed with a dropper and forceps, counted and placed in appro­ priately labelled dishes. After the eggs and larvae have been sorted cut, its remaining contents^ are poured into a beaker labelled 'sorted'. This process is repeated until the entire sample or aliquot has been completely sorted. The total number of fish eggs and larvae removed from the plankton sample is recorded -on the 'Ichthyoplankton Sorter's Work Sheet' which gives a list of all the genus/species likely to occur in the sample on one side of the page. For this, all that is needed is to tick in the appropriate column of the identified egg or larvae and then to finally count the ticks when the sample has been worked over completely. Technicians who sort fish eggs and larvae must be trained to identify and sejiarate eggs and larvae of the common families of fishes. It is advisable to establish a reference collection of identified fish eggs and larvae of important species in.order to facilitate easy identi­ fication by comparison. Once the eggs and" larvae of selected species are identified at the sorter's level, these, qan be enumerated and recorded separately. Before bottling, eggs or larvae of the selected species may be measured and the lengths recorded in data sheets. After the data are recorded the eggs and larvae are bottled for storage with appropriate labels. Identifications made at sorting level are rechecked by experts. After sorting all the samples from a 'cruise, a plankton sorter's sheet is prepared. The purpose, of the above studies is to estimate the number of eggs .and larvae in each plankton haul to the number underia unit ar^a of sea surface and for this the following formula is used,

• C = 10 (a^nr^ d) • where 'C is the- nuraber of eggs or larvae beneath a unit surface area (10 sqyare metres' in this case)j 'a» is the area o-f the mouth of the bongo net in square metres; 'b' is the length of the tow path in metres; 'c' is the number of eggs of larvae in the sample; and 'd' is the maximum depth of tow in metres. The V alue 'a' is derived from the equation? a = TT r ~ The value 'b' is derived from the calibrated flowmeter:

. • b = fr .• -4- • where 'f is the calibration factor in metres per revolution (m/rev) for a given flowmeter at a given number of revolu­ tions per second? and 'r' is the number of revolutions of the flowmeter during the tow. The value 'd' is determined from the tow data by the equations

d = W cos (tan" f)

Where 'W is the maximum length of wire out in metres (m)| 'T' is the average tangent of the wire angle taken.at 30 seconds intervals during the recovery phase of the plankton tow. Thus, for an example v«/here 'a' is 0.2827; 'b' is 773j 'd' is 199 and if 50 larvae (c = 50) were taken in the sample, the solution to the equation would be:

2 = 455 larvae per 10m sea surface. The data so estimated may be compiled by area or- station and time, with regard to the number of eggs ahd larvae per unit area (such as 1m^ or 1m^ water filtered). Apart from the general information concerning the station such as longitude, latitude, depth, time, weather, etc., the hydrological parameters at different depths may also be noted. References

Ahlstrom, E.H. 1968. An evaluation of the fishery resources available to the California fishermen. Uni. Wash. Publ. Fish. (New Ser.). 4; 65-80. Colebrook, J.M. 1973. The design of sampling surveys, FAQ Fish. Tech. Pap.. 122: 52-58. . - -5- Mcewen G. F., M..W. Johnson and T.R-. Folsom 1954, A statistical analysis of the performance of the Folsom plankton -sample splitter based upon test observations. Arch. Meteorol. Geophys. Bioklimatol, (A Meteprol. Geophvs.). 7: 502-527.

Newell, G.E, and R.C. Newell 1963. Marine plankton; a_. practical guide. Lnrvdon^ Hutchinson educational, 207 pp. a&gner, S., G. Piccinetti, M. Specchl, G. . Sinovcic 1981. •Preliminary statistical analysis of sardine stock estimation from data obtained by egg surveys. , FAQ Fish. Rep.« 253i 143-154.

Smith, P.E. and S.L, Richardson 1977. Standard techniques for fish egg and larval surveys. FAQ Fish. Tech. Pap.. 175! 1-100. Steedman, H.R. 1976. Zooplankton fixation and preservation. UNESCO Mon6qr. Oceanegr. Methodol.^' 4:' 350 pp.

Switzer, P. 1967. Reconstructing patterns from sample data, Anh. Math. Stat.. 38s 138-154. Tanaka, S. 1973. Stock assessment by means of Ichthyoplankton surveys. In: Hempel, G. (Ed.), Fish egg and larval* surveys, FAQ Fish. Tech..Pap,. 122: 33-51. r . .CMFRI/SI/1989^'Th. XV

PRESENT STATUS OP WORK ON AAARINE FISH EGGS AND LARVAE IN INDIA AND OUTLOOK FOR THE FUTURE

By ,._ • P. Bensam Principal Scientist

(Central Marine Fisheries Research Institute. Cochin)

In India, interest on a study of marine fi$h eggs and larvae is found to have begun only in the first decade of the presen-t century, when Bhattacharya (1916) has identified the larvae of a few estuarine fishes. Although there has, been a steady increase-in the output of research thereafter, most of the publications till the end of the thirties are on estuarine species only. ' It may also be seen that in the initial period many identifications are based on those made elswhere, more so from Indonesia (formerly Java) by Delsman (1922-1938). An analysis of the quantum of publications made recently by Bensam (in press) shows that the main stay so far is from the fifties through the seventies, with the peak during the fifties (30%), followed by sixties (24%) and the seventies (22%). Species-wise also, the maximum coverage is during the fifties (30%), followed by sixties (20%) and seventies (19%). As already pointed out in one of the previous lectures, the total number of species whose on© or more developmental stage has been identified so far is 29% of the known total number of speciesj and the number of species of which most of the vital stages are known at present is only 8% of the marine bony fishes present in Indian V^aters. Hence, there is urgent need to intensify the studies on marine fish eggs and larvae in Ind ia. 3 rf B 1- CO rt- HI O H« Q) O rt 3 HI PO a 3 cr 0> o e*- o o w m 3 © rt •*l rt- < © H- .^-«. 0) O (D (D •o O O o rt- 0» o 3- o C c © O o ei- o 3" Hi 3" rt- o W rt 3" O 3 © w 3 < <+ a> (0 fl> H »-• H* Q> H e*- o> 3 et- Q. Q) H* © © Qt H CD © H © © H- (0 H (D H © 01 3 © © i c O Q> © © M 1— © O 0> O 3 or © (A 3" '© © © 3 •- © a> H O © t— H" M «— O 3 H* 3 O H- 3 > (D eir O <• 0» © H' 1— H* W CO © O o O (-to © O © 3 o «) « H a (fl TJ a o © o rt- 0> i © O H« 3 3 3 3" c M o rt- © rt o* 3 3 • - • fl> 0) 01 o 3. K- -^ Q> (0. D> • t-4 § at 3 O 3 © rt- H- 3 H« H © © rt M ® (D rt- rt- H« O 3 rt- H Hi 3 tiy 1-^ >o iQ Ql rt- rt- 0> (ft t^ c © rt- 3 rt- 3 H- • © c 3 H» o> 3* rt- 3* rt- rt rt- o T3 H* © •>J © H © © H- rt- 1— e*- © H- K* 3" H- H !-• Q) 3 H, © rt •-• o> H H» 3 © o a a 3 o CD o © fl> O 3 H (D 01 at e*- I-* rt H €ir rt- H- H» • *-^ •< i. *< © © 0) or a ••• © M < O C HI 2J « H a o 3" H- O ' 3- © •<- O Z 3" 0) a . © 3' rt- H> © HI €+ o T> o < O rt- O e*- O 3 <{> 3 © O H* o* 3- HI © rt- o © 3* ^ H «• © • e*- H T3 o> O 0> v> (D c O 3 0) a» 0> X 1- o O © O Qt H < © O Hi 3 O © H" H« Ui 3" (D H o 3 !-• M H (ft 3* © H a o 3 © rt- 3 © 3 t- © cr H» © !-• 3 © 3 !2 3 (D (ft £ H- o 3 «• "3 O ?^ H H» H> O 3 0> O O a> o H» © a o 3 3" H* ;£ o 3" H d) Cl" c* rt- H- 3" H- H? © H* © H* O e*- a © M , I-' © t¥ HI a O O © HI © < H H* H« o H» H* rt- a> O" 3 ro (ft 3 3 Q> 3 3 © 9 < 3 © © 3 zr H- < H © e*- H* < 3 O H» at 3 3 • •< lO 0> rt- Q> H» 3 e*- a Q> a i© cr Hi e¥ © H« © © © 3 © 3 rt . 3 Q> •< 3 1- H« O O © H rt- a O at •g H» H" 3 H" HI H» a <• © rt- © 3- 1 ro 3 HI 3 H* 3 H* H- 0) » er © © HI $ © © © rt- C H H- (O H* O a 3" rt- at 3* X O 0) 3 3" X © 3 3 rt- ^ © « O H« o 3 € H 3 3 P« H- 3 1 H* O H> o H* © 01 © 0> © cr 01 H« rt- O H rt- •* © a O « 3 (O 3 3 to o (D 3- 01 (D 3* rt- < (ft 3 O rt- H- 3- H» t* © «• H* e* a H» © f. O (* 3 H« 01 (ft n> rt- t5 O 0) © HI •a H o 3" rt- © o o 3 < rt- © HI 3- a o 3 3 H» S 3* 01 3 M- H «> a «Q h- H* or © 3 H- O $ 3" © H« H f* H« HI o © HI © O Q> Q> 3 rt- •o < H A o H« © *< 01 © I-* 3 © 0> © 0> © O « O H 3" fl> C 3 < o 01 3" o V o a 3 H H 3 © 3- HI « 3 © W 3" Ot rt- H O O cr Q> or o H" < H »- M Q) 01 3 © 9 «^ © © o n •y O © 3* ^•^ © H":, O O § a a •- O (D H* 3 01 H- 0» lO '0 ^0 < 3 •c rt' © r»- H © < < O © C N rt- © *• H- - © H« *o 3 rt- H o rt- H» rt- •< a ID H« T3 (ft © o HI H* © © Ql H €+ £ a H- rt- cr 3 O o H« rt- O Q> 0> rt- rt- <*• 3 • O O W rt- €+ H- 3- 3 H« O H» 0) HI 01 3 K» •o © 3 © 3* 1 H" t* l-» Hi I- t-» H- O © HI O «* H« HI 3r > Of rt- 2 A (A «+ (D <*• o a 3 t0 © © O 01 3 •< o © © a 3 3 O H (ft a W H D> 3 ' •c C ' «+ H 0) H» 01 Q)' rt- 01 3 3 M a» H* o © o «Q O © I-- © © O t* o Q» 3 a .3* 3 O (ft 3 H- H^ H* O €*• l-< 3 H- c H* © rt- •o €+ o m !-• •o 3 a O rt- O 3 rt- Q © C © HI H« o HI o rt- H H- H- ** m* H- rt- a- H H* © 3* H- 3" rt- 01 « S H H 3 T3 © H* or « H* H- Q> H- 3 a» < rt- i-» in •o < H« M rt- < •< © © 3* rt- (ft H- O a O O © © © w $ HI 0» « n H n < -afl> a«»* o 3 © O rt- O 3* « M rt- © © f^ rt o 3 «aA 3 Z c w cr t 3" c •< G 0) (D o x.i« O • Q> © a Ot rt- H* © © •o © o •o H« H» • c H* « 1— © «• O H HI «i « o H • 3 3 © «Q 3- 3 (ft « O • o cr rt- ttt 3 © rt- ar a 01 3 H» (D r >- © C 01 :S < « © •o © o H < HI o« 9 M H* © © H" - 0> o JT 4>k © o «> © C H« © © H rt- c o O O H' D) M, O c* (ft 0) iQ T» © CJ a H- © TJ s. (ft (ft H, < H> Q} h- H» C < c+ w (r+ c+ ro 3 Q. o o zx ? H o rt- rt- o D o rt-« c o ro C •X' OJ <+ H (ft O M 3 o H- a QI (ft a < H O H Q) Q> H rt- H rt- •a a 3- H a H sa (D c* rt- TJ t-- rt- h- a rt- CJ © s i_-i tJ rt- 3 U3 H- © 3 Q) 0) c¥ O H H> t-- o c H> !-• > M O >< o 3- a © © O Cft 3 o < o 01 (D O 0) (+ H^ 3 H- ^ 0) H- (ft c*- cu >-• 3- o ri Cft S 0) (ft »-h 3 o rt- H- rt> 3" •D 0) c+ H« 3 O O (D <» U3 zr h' © ^•~. !-• •6 !—1 O © 3- H H> 3 H- a h- Qi T5 O o O (D > 3 a rt- c 3" CO o X *jh Cft 3 Q, O Q. H- a H» © O ro O (D o H H" .,-v H *-h 3 (ft (ft H G) ro H a. rt- \0 rt- © IQ H" H- (R o 3 3 0) "2 Q) 3 00 CO C «• TJ H- H- ^-v (D < (ft o H- -J H 3 cr w cr © Cft rt- © tO cr 3 O vQ n> Q> H> cr (D 3 3 'Tl (ft fD H* (ft < a - H H" l-J 1— X C H> 3 (Q H- t* (D Qi M ^ 1— 0) fO > O H- © © Q> H- H> a H- H C • Q} fD H- (b o (ft C o • 3 O (ft tQ O O ^—-h a N..-^ 3" O O jQ O cr ', •• \ g 3 f^ rt- C •< O J--* cr «o < a Q> o TJ »-• C rt- —^ Q> cr (ft 3 © H- vO © UJ rt- cn O 3 O O © 4 r cr (0 tt •»!• H- (ft (Q o (D O Qi 3 (ft « 3 H- • o d rt- © •i H" H» H* TJ (ft D- <0 o c+ vO C •o p. O M» '^> H> 3 •0) (D rt- et- (ft « •v..^ © Q) o O X> cu <:¥ O © (-• H- H 3* 0! • 00 0) or O H* C H 1— os c¥ 3 TJ (D 3 H- c*- f-^ o © H- 3* H- H« Q> H rt- 3 fD a ^ ^ f H« O (ft tr" H 3- ^> (B 1— (ft C D- 3 3" -< o a> 3- O H- a .«.& H' vO 3- '•^ © (D 3 H M« a (D H« a »-• •o f-- !-•• © H- TJ Q) H* O 1 CD 3 K) 0) 00 0^ T3 H 0> (ft 3 3 Q> CO a> ro •o o (0 0) o c¥ - (ft cn C Cft or 3 © rt- e^ O © o H« £U © © vQ H> H O (Q c < © < CL' cr (0 a % 3- 0) w cr 3* Q) '0> H H 3* H o ei- o 3 a © t-" O (ft iQ 3 H- Cft 0) © H> 3" o (D 3 H- o ro (D c+ H , O O c»- 3 c rt- X 3* Qi DJ (» H- I— o 3 (ft o 3 TJ —k 3 cQ H Qi © o H 5 r+ 3 H cr rt- O H 3 c 3 H H> C H- (Q H* H «•' Q> H ,»—V vO O a> C »Q 0) o.. H- O rt- at H> (ft rt- s(ft 3 (ft o O 3 (D H- M H« !-• 0) a OJ CJJ •^ rt- \a. (ft (ft iQ H V"-* * 0> e*- H> Q) 3* H H* 3" ^ 3 a f> rt- !-• 3 TJ ^ •>^ Hj © cY « © (ft rt- O «Q 0) 3". 00 3 01 •< (0 c+ o fD T3 O O a iQ rt- I-l H 3 3 O H« n> H« Tl -«J !-• TJ © (ft © O © (ft a 3 >_» « n; 3 M (ft a 3 3 3 (0 "O iQ rt- 3 (ft 3 >-• <> H- O c t-> O rt- O a f+ O o 0 C H- C (D o O H- a Q> C © < © Nw^ O (ft h-* o d 3 a 3* 3 H- H e*- H> o H TJ 3 o < c+ (ft 3 H* rx H a> H H • O X S rt- DJ 3* TJ 3 © © © 0) H- 3- o ro ro 3" (0 rt- 0) Qi H- 3 fD 0) M H* 0) © M e* H- © H» H 3 ro o cn o (fl H- H !-• vQ H« 3 «• (ft Cft a ^ cr < O 3 a Q) © D> 3 O H- a *Qt. < «Q H 3 Q> H • a 0) o H» O Q> O y-* H H" 3 a H (ft vQ rt- 3 © H- Q) © T? H (0 O C TJ < 3 Q) 3 3 TJ a © 3- 3 (7 < © H- H* < H» © a> a> Q. 0) <0 o* 3 < 3 O H H © iQ 0> S -< 0) iQ ^~< © O rt- ro H, • 3 H* H H* TJ 3 c4- 3 fi) e*- Q) fD 01 t- (ft 3 M iQ H- (Q 3 H» H" (0 o o a o W »-> a D> 3 (D 3 Hs* c+ H- 3 0) 3 (A ^ © Q> Q. (0 S • >.^ iQ O o (^ cr O ro (D «+ (D «+ a rt- 3 cr a (D H« © o (ft 3 c TJ 3 M H" a 3* Q) c C fD fD 3 ,3 *-~s H (ft rt- H- 1— H © (D M !-• (D H (D fD rt- (Q C*> © 5> 3- rt- ar\j!i0 >K © ro Q) (D 3 H © 3 •< (ft a (0 a 3 (0 '9 © (A O (ft a 0) a.4-* sizes, the 10.2 mm postlarva of Sjj. clupeoides and the 10,4 mm postlarva of S. sirm " . , the former shows markedly lesser deveiopmental sequence in its narrow body, truncated caudal fin and lessier developed dorsal and anal fins when compared with the broader body, forked caudal fin and more advanced dorsal and anal fins in the latter species. Although the former is 0.2 mm shorter than the latter in total length, it is rather insignificant to account for all the above differences. In this connection it is suggested' that for segregating comparable and/or similar sized developmental stages of closely allied species and/or genera, a tabulation of the characters of the developmental stages on the model proposed in Table 2 may be carried out. By divising such a mechanism, it may be possible to overcome some of the identification prpbl'Sms. Similarly, much more intensive studies are required on the variability of such characters of develop­ ing stages as the location of the oilglobule and pigmen­ tation between allied species. It is observed in recent studies (Berisam', 1984) among the larvae of the grey mullets Liza tade and Lj_ subviridis which have the same- number of myomeres that although the oilglobule in the larvae of both the species is-situated in the frorit:-aspect of the yolksac, the principal difference between the two is the presence of four narrow vertical streaks of pigments in Lf tade but only a single prominent postanal band in L_, subvivids In addition to such character differences, it is also essential to discover new characters for identification, Osteological and anatomical features of the early stages of one species may be different from those of an allied; species. The advent of scanning electromicroscopy has opened up the possibilities for Solving such- intricate identification problems. By this method, Sumida et al. (1980) have found out differences between the choriqn . structure of the eggs of'flatfishes. Similarly, 1

-5- electrophoretic techniques may also be employed for discovering new distinguishing characters.' By adopting such techniques it will be possible to identify, distinguish and document the early develop­ mental stages of such of the species and/or genera which are posing problems still.

References Ahlstrom, E.H,, J.L, Pptler and B.Y, ^yipida 1976 (As given in the previous notes)

Ahlstrom, E.H. and H.G. Moser 1981. Overview Systematics and Development of early life history stages of marine fishes; Achievements during the past century, present status and suggestions for the future, Rapp. P, - V. Reun. Cons, int. Mer. 178: 541-546. • Bailey, R.S. 1974. The life history and biology of the blue Whiting in the Northeast Atlantic, 1. The planktonic phase in the Rockall area. Mar, Res, Edinb.. No,1. Bensam, P. 1984. Observations on a few early develop­ mental stages in son^e fishes of Porto Novo Coast, India. Ph.D.. Thesis, Annamalai University. Bensam, P. 1986, Early developmental stages of some marine fishes from India 1, Nimatalosa nasus. Sardinella clupeoides. S, fimbriata, S. sirm and §JL aibeila La mer (Tokyo), 24: 33-41. Bensam, P. (in press) Bhattacharya, D.H. 1916. Fauna of the Chilka Lake, Stages in the life history of Gobius.Petroscirtes and Hemirhampus.. Mem, Indian Mus., 5 (4): 383-392, -6- Delsman, H.C. 1922 - 1938, (As given in the previous notes) Moser, H.G. E.H. Ahlstrom 1970, (As given in the . previous notes)^ ":; Moser, R.G., E.H, Ahlstrom and E.M. Sandknop 1977. (As given in the previous notes) Nellen, W, and G. Hempel 1970. Beobachtungen an Ichthyoneuston der Ncrdsee, Ber. dt. wiss Kommn 'Meeresfrsch, 21 .s 311-348. Russell, F.S. 1976. (As given,in the previous notes)

Sumida, B.Y. E.H. Ahlstrom and H.G. Moser 1980. Early development of seven flat fishes of the Eastern North Pacific with heavily pigmented, larvae (Pisces, Pleuronectiformes).. U.S. Fish. Bull.. 77. »ll') fl

CMFRl/Sl/1989/Pr.I

STUDY OF THE ICHTHYOFAUNA OF THE LOCALITY OF WORK .

By

A.A. Jayaprakash Scientist (Selection Grade)

and M._Badrudeen Technical Officer

(Central Marine Fisheries Research Institute. Cochin)

(A) Aim; To study the fish fauna at two centres, Mandapam and Pamban by making collections there; to study the characteristic features of various groups; and to identify the important species with the aid of literature (both in the field and in the laboratory)

(B) Materials; Field note book, bucket with lid, ice box, polythene covers, scissors, scalpels, mounted needles, dividers,, pins, measuring boards, scales, H.B.pencil, Indian ink, tags, labels, cotton, lab towels, hypodermic syringe, hand lens, microscope and chemicals such as methylated spirit, concentra­ ted formalin (40%), Hexamine, Borax and Ammonia.

(C) Methods; (I) COLLECTION 1. Visit the landing centre at the - time of fish landings. 2. Collect the different types of fishes from various gears and note the total length, fork length and standard length. 3. Care should be taken to collect fresh specimens and to avoid mutilated and damaged specimens, unless otherwise interested. -2- 4. Wash the fish thoroughly in sea water without damaging the'fish* , ^ . 5. Colour patterns are species-specific. ..Note this in the fresh condition itself as it may fade out after preservation. 6. Record details such as date, time, locality, depth, gear, nature of the fishing ground and additional information on the ecology if any, in the field note book. Keep the fish in polythene bags with proper labels or tags. 7- If the labortoryls far away, preserve the specimens collected in formalin in the field itself or keep them in ice box, 8. Bring the fish to the laboratory for detailed examination ahd preservation. Each specimen may be fixed. Fins, spines, rays etc., may be stretched and fixed by pins with least damage, on a soft wooden boardi Do not allow the fish to dry. Add a few drops of formalin on the stretched out fins and rays,

9, Small fishes; If alive, drop them into a mixture :0f equal parts' of methylated spirit and water for five minutes and transfer them to dilut* formalin (1 part of concentrated formalin to 6 parts of water), 10, Medium fishes; When dead, in a state of as fresh as possible, place the better-side down on a smooth board. By means of pins set all flns».' spines and rays. Try to prevent the head from turning up. Make a small incision on the belly on the right side and preserve it in dilute formalin. 11, Large fishes; Apart-from making incision on the belly, large fishes may be injected with formalin using a hypodermic syringe. Also some incisions may be made dorsally on both sides of the backbone. -3-

12. If the specimens are "^0 be left for several weeks in formalin, household Borax (1 teaspoon per each - x Qallon of fixative) may be added to neutralise (* the acidic effect. Other methods are: a) To 1 pint (1 pint « 0,568 litre) of concentrated formalin add 2 oz (1 oz = 28 gm .©) ordinary Hexamine and 6 pint water; b) To 1 pint concentrated formalin add 5 pints of water .and 3 oz. Ammonia solution. 13. A good quality label is essential. Labels are best written with waterproof carbon ink or with a soft pencil. (II) IDENTIFICATION

1. General features;. Bony fishes are the largest class of living fishes coming under the.Sub-Class Neopterigii which is divided into many orders. The characteristic features of the Sub-Class are that they have a firm skeleton of true bones, gillslits are covered with an operculum on both sides, caudal fin is more or less symmetrical and the fishes have vertical or unpaired fins and paired fins. 2. Body shape; Fusiform,, oblong, elongated and cylinderical, usually laterally compressed, ventral side more convex than dorsal sidej sometimes dorsoventrally flattened with eyes on one side, as in flatfishes. 3. Vertical or unpaired fins; The dorsal fin may consist^of a single fin only or composed of a spiny dorsal and a soft dorsal. The spiny dorsal and soft dorsal may be continuous or separately placed. The numbers of spines and soft dorsal rays'vary in different fishes. An adipose fin behind the dorsal fin is noticed in some fishes. 'i. »l;

-4- Apart from these, some swif^ and elongate fishes may have small detached finlet# behind the dorsal. Note down these characters if any in the specimens collected. In scientific literature, the dorsal fin is abbreviated ais D. Number of spines are to be indicated in Roman and soft rays in Arabic numerals, eg,, D X 12 means the fish has two dorsals with ten spines in the first dorsal and 12 soft rays in the second dorsal. Follow the abbre­ viated methodology to identify the fishes.

^* ^^nal fin;^ Starts behind the vent. It has many rays . and 1 to 3 spines. More than three spines are rarely found. Written as A III 10 means three spines and ten soft rays in the anal fin. 5. Caudal fin or tail fin; It may be pointed, rounded, truncate, emarginate, forked, lunate or wedge slfaped, 6. Pectoral fins The abbreviated form is P. P 16 means that the pectoral fin has 16 soft rays. 7. Ventral fin or Pelvic fin: Usually abbreviated as V. Note the position of the ventral fin in the fishes - collected. If the ventral fin is located below the pectoral, they are said to be thoracic; further forward, jugular; and far back abdominal. Generally ventral fin may have one spine and 2 to 5 soft rays. 8. Mouth parts: Most of the fishes have some type of ' lips. The lower jaw^is composed of mandibles and of •upper jaw is made upj/premaxilla and maxilla. In some cases the maxillary bone may be elongated. The mouth may be at the tip of the snout, or sometimes the snout ipay overhang the m.ou'th. Mouth may be oblique, with the lower jaw being the longer onei and sometimes it is protractile. Jaws are sometimec produced as beaks. Note downthe number-and-disposition of pores on the chin as well as the number and disposition of barbels 'r • r f -5- if any. Examine the jaws for teeth pattern. Teeth may be;villiform, conical, molariform, or in the form of canines or incisors. Sometimes teeth may be absent altogether. Votnerine, and palatine teeth may, be present in some fishes, 9. Branchial apparatus: The gill cover or the operculum is made up. of four main bones - the opercle, preopercle, subopercie and interopercle.,Observe for the presence or absence of scales as well as spines on them. "•O* Gillraker.s; These are important characters in fishes, seen as finger like or hair like cartilaginous projections of the gill arch, both on the upper and the lower limbs. In systematics these are denoted as GR (5-6) + -(l^-IS), meaning 5-6 gill rakers on the upper limb and 12.--13 gill rakers on the- lower limb, dbunt is made on the ,1st gill

arch. • •' •'.":••• •""' " • . •' ' •'-•'" 11. Scales: Note the scales in fishes. Some fishes possess th'e cycloid with smooth hind margin; -and some the cterloid, with comb like hirid margin. Sec whether the scales are deciduous (easily shed) or adherent type. Count the number of scales in the lateral line (starting fi:om the shoulder to caudal peduncle). Note and count the lateral transverse scales above cand below the lateral line. It may be abbreviated as LI. 42, tr 3/9 meaning 42 scales in the lateral line and there are 3 rows above and 9 rows below the lateral line. I 12. Lateral line; t The position, curve and the branching I if any of the lateral line may be noted. Some fishes i may not have a lateral lin« at all, I '(III) RECORDING OF DATA '"' ' 1 1. After a careful study of the fish/fishes given or ! collected, note down the various characters in the j .abbreviated form, for example:- I D. Xj I, 28-32. A.. II* 8. L. lat. 50. Tr. (5-6) + (10-12), G.R (50-55) + (60-65). . -6- 2. Identi-fy the fishes collected using standard identi- ^ fication manuals and texts (vide References) 3. Make an outline drawing of the fishes identified showing the various characters. "4. Briefly describe the important characters of each fish identified, such as body shape, fins, scale counts, lateral line, colouration etc. and also comment on the distribution. 5. Give the conventional hierarchy of nomenclature. 6. Preserve, if necessary, with proper labels.

References '

Day,'F. 1875-1878 The Fishes of India being a natural history of the fishes, known to inhabit the seas and freshwaters of India. Burma and Ceylon. Tailor & Francis, London. Day, F. 1889 The Fauna of British India, including Ceylon and Burma^ Fishes, Vol. I and II. Taylor 8, Francis, London, Fischer, W. (Ed.) 1978 FAQ Species Identification sheets for fishery purposes'. Western Central Atlantic. Fishing Area .31. Vol.I-VI. FAO, Rome. Fisher, W. and G, Bianchi (Eds.) 1984 FAQ Species Identi­ fication sheets for fishery purposes. Western Indian Ocean. Fishing Area 51. Vol. I-VI. FAO, Rome. Fischer, W. and P.J.P, Whitehead (Eds,) 1974 FAO Species Identification Sheets for fishery purposes. Eastern Indian Ocean. Fishing Area 57 and Western Central Pacific. Fishing Area 71. Vol. I-IV. FAO, Rome. Jones, S. and M. Kumaran 1980 Fishes of the Laccadive • Archipelago. Nature Conservation and Aquatic Sciences Service, Trivandrtm. -7- Misra, K.S. 1962 An aid to the identification' of the comm.on commercial fishes of India and Pakistan, Rec^ Indian Mus.. 57 (1-4); 1-320. Munro, I.S.R. 1955 The Marine, and Freshwater Fishes of Ceylon. Dept. of External Affairs, Canberra. Smith, J.L.D. 1953 The Sea Fishes of Southern Africa. Central News Agency Ltd,, Grahamstown. Talwar, P.K. and R.K. Kacker 1984 Commercial Seafishes . of ImUa. Zoological Survey of India, Calcutta. Weber, M. and.de Beaufort. 1913-1936 The Fishes of the Indo-Australian Archipelago. E.J, Brill Ltd., Leiden, Vol. I-VIII CMFRl/Sl/1989/Pr.II

DETERMINATION OF THE MATURITY STAGES OF MARINE FISHES By . ;•' .P, Bchsam, Principal Scientist, -." A,A, Jayaprakash Scientist (Selection Grade) and M. Dadrudeen Technical Officer

(Central Marine Fisheries Research Institute. Cochin)

(A) Aim; To determine the maturity stages of marine fishes based on eye examination, (B) Materials; (1) Unpreserved specimens of the species ip various length ranges. (2) Scissors, needles, scales, balance, note book and pencil.

(C) Methods; (1) Cut open the abdominal cavity and spread out the skin sufficiently to permit a full view of the gonads. (2) Note down the approximate proportion of the gonad in relation to the volume of the body cavity excluding the other visceral organs, in percentages such as 15%, 20!;^, 40%, 70% etc or 1/3rd, 1/2, 3/4th etc. (3) Record the unpreserved colour-of the gonad. (4) Determine whether based on the eye examination you can decide the fish is a male or a female; if so, record the sex. -2- (5) If it is not possible to determine the sex, you may record the fact as 'indeterminate'. (6) Record the texture of the gonad such as "flat", "blade like", "leaf like", "tubular" etc. (7) If it is possible to deterrrjine the sex, then repeat the above procedures with specimens of different size groups and group them according to approximate 'stages' based on eye estimation and in consultation with literature (vide infra). (8) Usually, the maturity stages of female marine fishes are grouped into seven Stages;- (in total spawners - isochronal seven to eight stages and in partial spawners heterpchronal, five stages)..;

(a) Stage I — Indeterminate, occupying about 5 to 10% of the body cavity. . • (^) Stage II- Pinkish in colour, tubular and granular in appearance, occupying about 10 to 20% of the body cavity (early maturing), (c) Stage Ill-Pale yellowish in colour, developing eggs fairly visible, the whole gonad' •. occupying about 20 to 50% of the body cavity(matufing). (<^) Stage.. IV -Light"Pinkish in colcur, the eggs increasingly much more visible and the gonad occupying,about 40 to 70% of the body cavity, blood vessels prominent (late\maturing), (®) Stage V - Whitish in colour, eggs very well visible, not oozing out under gentle pressure and the gonad occupying 50 to 80% cif the body cayity (mature). o vO o

o o < 0) H e+ cr H- H M 0) ^ 3 O H> o a> O c+ O 0) rt- 3 H- M ^_^ ^_^ H) H» 0) 3 fl) O ro 3 ro 3 c+ Q) H' £> M o cr c 3* o u 3- Qj 3 3 lO H» rt- a 3 a o D) « M < Q) 3 o H- : ^ M r\ fO rt- <+ e+ M o I>> o H M T5 3 3 H ^ H H 0) CD o « H* H H, H C+ *e M 3 cr n <+ M Q) a c+ o sH- ra QJ CO 3* iQ •y M O 3* Q> 3- M H> o iQ o rt- o 3 £U. fD < < or H- d 3 O M ro e+ ro o fD O fD CO O CD 3 3- H, .««-x a 3 M M 0) ch cn H- 3 a O H- Hi o 3 H ..A 3 a CO a O M 3 CL S DJ 0) ^ Q) fO to 0) N ^ cu o rt- Hv 3 rt- ci- M H5 i i a o H- W H- cr e+ o 3 0> S cr H- 3" M 3 o M e+ H- 3" D> Q) ci- H, CO t+ o rt> 3 3 a o 3 M M G) ^ CD H- M fD- O rt- 3* 3 CO CO cr Q) CO m H- S 3* < O a> f+ (0 < iQ <+ M O rt- 0 fD H' cu 3- o o< o 3 cu uO D* e+ H, H- H' fD a ro t+ a 3- T5 fD H- M fD o T3 3 cr 3 M O ^ cu a a la X3 ST H« ft) CO CO H, CD O o c+ 3 •< c (D O 3 4 3 o < 3 rt- H •< o CO O H 3- a o (D n < O CO 3* fD H> O ex ^^ Q) M CO o •<: rt- ^ 3 r»- H, H- H- o> H- (D e*- CO ^-^ c+ CO O rt- -< rt- 3 « H- H> n 3* ci- 0) vQ c+ o 3- c+ (D 3 CO {+ fD < H- H- cn 3" CO t-J O f- 3 H 0) O o H c+ O 3- o (D o -J (0 iQ H- Q> (n O C 3 N r+ (D c O. (1 o H flj rt- rt- fD < o QJ 1 C D O c+ H "• c+ ^ cr (D 3 3 O cu H 3 o. 0) 3 H- •a 3* Qj 3- a H" •o N 3 00 H D) rt- cr 3 H> M —s Q. H D •c £U <-*• M C M cr H' iQ QJ c M O c+ CU CO H a H o CD 0) o 3 o H- O H M fD O fD H c+ M o C+- ^-^s. O aj 3 0) 3 Q; •< M- H' o d 3 (0 O 01 CO V O c+ H D- a* 3 (D 3 c+ 3 cu ^^.^ 3" ,.d 3 o CO 3 3 T3 o rt- rt- Q) fO < d d ro 0) O fD c+ H* C < t+ 0) fD -fD 3- iQ iQ C +^' 3" rt- H < O '• •o. 3 H Hi M- <+ £+ <+ -"--v ^—X tn <+ '< 3* T3 o fD iQ «rl- fD -< O CD 3 CO fD 3- fD M M •<: a CD • H* iQ *• 3* C < 3 3 H (D a o O -* cu O •<: M «• fD a (x) d M H H o d CO fD » fD la 3 a s_/ fD 3 rt- »a d 3 iQ cr «+ fD T5 O fl) Q, 0) 3 fD H- CO CO ^ 0) 3 <• T5 Q) OJ 3- 3" cu rt- H> c+ 7 ; ->j fD M o H cr fD 3 a o O a. 3- c 3 a Q. 3s* H 3 a H M M O o 3 H- 3 ro a cu c 0) U) c+ fD H a> O M- C+ CD •< Q fD M • a> M H> 3- C O 3* CO o d 0) ^ o £U ci- M la D* a o o H- rt> o D" 3 3 M cu 3 3" (0 CO S o iQ H M cr O fD (Q H* H H, 3 3 3 3 fD a 0) **-*^ t+ CO a c 3- o 3* M T5 a o o* 3 (!) Qi CD 0) •^ (0 C+- CO N M rt- o fD 1 o 3 <+ a o CD rt- 3 3 H- a c+ O H) CO O CO 3* Q) M fO • 3* CD rr 3 O cn O References

CMFRI, 1970. The Indian Mackerel. Dull. Gent; Mar. Fish. Res. Inst.. No.24. Nair, R.V. 1960. Notes on the spawning habits and early life history of the oil sardine, Sardinella lonqiceps. Cuv. & Val. Indian J. Fish. 6s 342-359. Prabhu, M.S. 1956. Maturation of intraovarian eggs and spawning periodicities in some fishes. Ibid., 3 (1): 59-90. - Pradhan, L.B, and V.C. Palekar, 1956. Key to the stages of sexual maturity of Rastrelliqer canaqurta (C). Appendix I to the paper by Pradhan, L.B. on the 'Mackerel Fishery of Karwar*. Ibid.. 3(1); 183-185. Raja, B.T. Antony. 1966. On the maturity stages of Indian oil-sardine, Sardinella lonqiceps Val., with notes on incidence of atretic follicles in advanced .ovaries. Ibid., 13 (1 8.2); 27-47. CMFRl/Sl/1989/Pr.riI

DEVELOPMENT Of OCXT/TES TO MATURITY

By P. Jayasankar Scientist

(Central Marine Fisheries Research Institute, Cochin)

(A) Aim: To demonstrate the various stages of gi^owth of the oocytes to maturity. (B) MaterialssSample of fishes (either fresh or preserved), monocular microscope, ocular and stage micrometers, scissors, needles, forceps, slides, cover slips, 5% formalin, plastic trays^ pipettes with teats, towel, duster cloth. (C) Methods:

(1) Cut open the fish from the vent towards the anterior region, examine the.gonad and determine the sex, (2) Select female fishes in different maturity stages from immature to spent, based on eye determination of size of gonad. (3) Determine the maturity stage by macroscopic exami­ nation, such as colour, extent in the body cavity •etc, of the gonads, (4) Cut out anterior, middle and posterior parts of each pair of ovaries and examine the characters of the ova under microscope. (5) Calibrate the ocular micrometer using a stage micrometer, (6) Measure atleast 500 ova taken from each ovary and plot the diameter against the percentage occurrence. -2- (7) Repeat the above for the various specimens of each species,' group them into different maturity stages of Immature, Maturing, Early Mature, LateMature, Ripe, Spawning, Spent, etc, in relation to the macroscopic studies you have done in the field and laboratory, vide CMFRI/Sl/1?89/Pr.II. (8) Study closely the characters of ripe ovum, such as overall diameter, diameter of yolk, diameter of oilglobule, etc. (9) Make Camera-lucida sketches of some mature and ripe ova, with appropriate scale (Ref.CMFRl/Sl/1989/Pr.IX). (10) Preserve all the data for future reference. CMFR;/Sl/1989/Pr.IV

EVALUATION OF THE MORPHOMETRIC AND MERISTIC " CHARACTERS OF FISHES •

By ' '

A.A. Jayaprakash Scientist (Selection Grade) and M. Dadrudeen Technical Officer

(Central Marine Fisheries Research Institute, Cochin)

(A) Aj.mi To determine the body propo3?^fcions, to prepare adult skeleton, to familiarise with staining technique for small specimens and to count vertebrae, spines and rays, (B) Materials; Monocular microscope, camera lucida, measuring boards, scales, dividers, "scalpels, forceps, mouhted needles, brushes, pipettes, heater, aluminium kettle, sodium hypochlorate, hand lens. For Alizarin staining, the following materials are required: Glacial acetic acid, Glycerine, Chloral hydrate. Alizarin, Petri dishes, embryo cups, cavity slides, cover slips etc. (C) Methods; (I) Morphometric measurements:

1. If the fish samples -^collected for the study kre preserved, wash them in running water tp remove formalin and its smell, for about 1 to 2 hours. 2. It is better to examine the fish in fresh condition, but this may not be possible at all times. It is -2- desirable that measurements of freshly caught fish form the basis of comparison until such time as the .effects of freezing or chemical preservation on the body proportions have been determined to have constant effects and these effects are finally established. The natural variability of most dimensions is relatively small so that the effect of preservation on differential shrinkage or expansion of different body parts might lead to spurious results if samples of preserved fish from one region are compared with samples of fresh fish from another or if samples of fish from two different regions had undergone different preservative treatment. But, this does not,apply when countable (meristic) characters rather than measurements are concerned. , 3.Overall length measurements are to be made between perpendi­ culars along the median longitudinal axis, keeping the mouth of the fish in closed condition,

4..The tall fin has to be extended to give normal (total) length or the tips of one or both the caudal lobes may be drawn to the longitudinal axis of extreme (total) length. Some times total length measurements are made with the caudal lobes partially drawn together so that their outer edges are parellel to each other and to the axis. Follow a uniform pattern throughout the study. If a normal length is the chosen dimension, it is necessary to standardise the procedure of laying the fish on the board. A common method is to place the head of the fish against the nose piece of the measuring board with the right hand, hold the fish in position with the left hand, and use the right hand to straighten the body of the fish and extend its tail with a single stroking movement,

5.Where a choice of sides is involved, all measurements and counts are made on the left side of the.fish. When side- to-side comparisons are being made, or if necessary for other reasons, denote by prefixing "r" or "g" (right or greater) to the notation (or term)^ This rule may be applicable to Ph and Vh, vide lecture notes 1X1.(2), Fig. 3.2.1. . 6. {Measurements by using calipers and dividers: The tip of the fixed arm of the calipers (or one point of the dividers) is applied to the point mentioned and the tip of the sliding arm of the calipers (or the other point of the divider) is applied to the second'point mentioned. 7, Take morphometrlc measurements of the fishes (Refer lectuJ^e notes III (2),Fig. 3,2.1, definitions of position). II. Meristic counts;

1. Examine and count the number of spines and soft rays in i the median fins such as the spiny dorsal, soft dorsal; caudal and anal fins» ! 2, Count the number of spines (if any) and rays in the pa^ired I fins.

I ' ' • • / • • " j 3* Count the number of scales in the lateral line and lateral transverse. i 4. Count the number of gillrakers in the upper and lower i limb of the first gill arch, j 5. Count the nuinber of chin pores and barbels. I 6. Note the pattern of teeth in the jaws, vomer and palatine. [7. Note the number of pyloric caecae and colouration of the body cavity. is. Note the shape and structure of the air bladder, I 9. Note the number of myotomes and the pigment pattern. ill. Vertebral counts, number and disposition; 1, The vertebral column has to be prepared by boiling the fish in fresh water, just long enough to.loosen the tissues from the bones. If the bones appear to be oily -4- '• ' • y: it may be necessary to bleach them in a dilute solution of commercial "Clorax" (Sodium hypochlorite). 2, Note the total number of vertebrae (n) beginning with the 1st vertebra and counting one for each bony segment behind it, including the complex terminal or urostylar segment. (i.e. how many segments there are in the linear series of a vertebral column). This is given in systematic works on fishes, and is extensively employed in biometric investi­ gations on fishable populations,. ' 3, Note for any abnormality i.e., long and irregularly formed segments, which suggests local fusion of adjacent vertebrae. If these non-typical soQinonts are counted as if they are ., • single vertebrae, the total (n) for the back bone proves. ^ lower than normal. Complex segments at the posterior end of the back bone are wideopread in some fishes. - 4, Seeing that (n) is by definition an'integer, it can be expresjsed as the sum of other integers. Group the vertebrae into Precaudal (A) and caudal (D). The precaudals may be again grouped into post cranial (a) and abdominal (b). Caudal vertebrae may be grouped into anterior caudal (c) and posterior caudal (d). This may be expressed as n = . • (A + D).»» (a + b -. c + d). The summation of (n) as (a + , b + c + -——) is' of« practical utility in the study of variation from' species to species. 5, Examine each segir.ont of the ver';ebral column and the differences in the vertebral form which are structural rather than numerical or geometrical differences which may be figured and described rather than counted. These are no less important, although these cannot be expressed in concise mathematical terms. 6, Concerning^the number of individuals, the greater the • number of individuals examined; the greater the value of the results obtained. -5- 7. Take out the vertebral columns of the fishes given and describe them% ,. > s 8. Examine the Vertebral variations in groups of fishes • such, as Leioghathids, • \.K- VI;, Alizarin staining of fish larvaer

The alizarin preparation used to stain the hard parts Qf large fishes have to be slightly modified for staining the fish larvae and postlarvae, as these are delicatie and require special care. Prepare the staining solutioh by the following formula: /' Glacial'Acetic Acid 0.5 ml. Glycerine 3,0 ml. Chloral hydrate 10.0ml. Alizarin stain 100.0 gms, • The fish larvae are to be hardened and kept in 5% • formalin. After hardening, wash them, place them in 1 to 2% KOH, After these become transparent, these can be stained. The staining solution is added drop by drop to fresh,KOH containing the specimen till it becomes violet - pink in colour. Once these are stained, the used up solution may be pipetted out, fresh KOH solution and increasing quantities of glycerine may be added at regular intervals and the st.ained material is preserved in pure glycerine.

References

Holden, M,J. and D.F.S, Raitt (Eds,) 1974. Manual of Fisheries Science Part-2 Methods of resource investi­ gation and their application. FAO Fisheries Technical Paper No, 115 (Rev,1); 57-62, -6- . Lagler, K.F., J.E. Dardach and R.R. Miller. 1962. Ichthyology. John Wiley and Sons, Inc., New York - London. Marr, J.C and M.B. Schaefer; 1949. Definitions of body dimensions used in describing tunas. U.S.Fish and Wildl. Fish Bull. 47: 241-244 Moyle, P.B. and J.J. Cech. Jr. 1982. pishes; An. Introduction to Ichthyology. Prentice - Hall, Inc., Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey. Practical guide lines j 5. COLLECTION OF PLANKTON j . WORK ON BOARD RESEARCH VESSEL f By K.J, Mathew I Scientist (Selection Grade) I (Central Marine Fisheries Research Institute^ Cochin-31)

|,1 Aim: To collect zooplankton from the sea using plankton nets i ' ' . • I for the study of icthyoplankton. |.2 Materials required; I 1. Zooplankton net with collecting bucket and weight I 2. Meter block i 3, Flow meter I 4. Inclindfneter J 5. Rubber hose for washing the net j 5. Wide mouthed polythene jars of 500 ml capacity I 7, Concentrated formaldehyde solution I • • • . • •. J 8. Measuring cylinder (50 ml capacity) I • 9. Polythene funnel, of 15 cm mouth diameter I 10, Labels I 11, Log sheets { 12, Field diary I 13. Lead pencil' i 14. Permanent ink marker pen I .15, Stop watch I.3 Methodology 1.3,1 Procedure for conducting icthyop1ankton surveys . $.3.1.1 The planning stage 1 • •' " - . ^ I The planning stage is likely to be the most important part If the survey'for this is where the objectives of tlie survey are

1 • ' • ' |ompared. with monetary and oersonnel resources. - 2 - 5,3.1,2 Field operations Field-operations can be conducted from ships of 15-100 m in length which are equipped to make plankton tows and hydro- graphic observations, 5.3.1.3, Cruise' plan .A criiise plan to satisfy the objectives of the survey may be made in advance. The station positions are to be deter­ mined, beforehand, 5.3.1.4, Logsheets The log sheets in which all particulars with regard to the plankton haul are to be entered hc^ve to be prepared (see_ Dcdel log sheet given below).

Name of vessel Cruise No, Station No, Date'

'Time Position Flow meter reading Net into Net out Lat, Long, Initial Final Difference water of water

Depth at station Type of haul Depth of haul Warp rele'ased

Net used Mesh size - Wire angle Ship speed b.3.1,5. Sampling system The recommended sampling system requires that the ship be equipped with a hydrographic v/inch with more than 400 m of standard hydrographic wire of 4.8 mm, a meter block or a metering system and an angle indicator to measure the wire angle, 5,3,1.6. The sampler The Bongo net is recommended as the best type of sampler for icthyoplankton surveys. Mots of either 20 cm or 60 cm dia­ meter are usually used. The mesh size selected is 0,505 mm. A flo^^m^eter is mounted in the mouth of one of the net frames to provide data on the volime of water filtered during each tow. 5,3,2.1. Thetowing procedure and data records First of all the net may be. examined for any cuts or holes and if present may be mended. Ensure that the plankton collecting buckets are securedly attached to the net and have no gaps through which plankton may escape. Shackle the towing line to one of the loops at the centre of the yoke of the not assemply. Also shackle the depressor to the other loop on the yoke. After the gear is assembled and the preshooting data are entered in the log sheet the tow is ready to begin. The tow is made off either side of the ship. The ship is stopped at the station. After determining the bottom depth the tow depth is decided. To lower the net to 210 m with a wire angle of 45° requires that 300 m of v/ire be let out (wire angle is defined as deviation from vertical). Length of wire out X cosine 45° = Net depth ie. 300 X 0,707 = 210 m (net depth) The initial reading on the flow meter is to be noted down in the log sheet before shooting the net. _ 4 - The weight is lowered below the surface of the vrater. The v/inch meter is zeroed, Th.e ship is set underway at two knots speed. Now the net is lowered into the water. If the net is set properly in the water release v/ire at the rate of 50 m/minute. The stop watch is started as soon the flow meter is seen to sink below the surface of water. The stop watch is used to,record the sinking time and towing time in seconds. The duration of tow is used for calculation of mean velocity of tov^ing. When the desired amount of wire has been paid out the stop watch is stopped. The sinking time is recorded in seconds. The stop watch is zeroed and restarted immediately, (Since the not is fishing on the way down, sinking time is as important as that of retrieval), When the stop watch is restarted, the nets are left at the desired depth for 30 seconds. At the end of 30 seconds the wire angle is recorded for that depth and retrieval is begun at the rate of 10 m per 30 seconds. Ship speed during sinking, during times at depth and during retrieval is maintained to keep the wire angle at 45* j;.3° wire angle. Normally 2 knots per hour would maintain this wire angle, (Fig, 5.1,1, Flow meter). The nets are brought directly out of the water at a steady rate. It is important not to allow the net to fish too long at the surface because of the bias that results from over sampling surface waters, Wlien the flow meter breaks the water surface, the stop watch is stopped and its reading in seconds is recorded as the towing time. The nets are washed down from the outside using a water jet. After all the plankton has been washed into the cod ends, the nets are brought aboard,. The plankton collecting bufckets at the cod ends are carefully removed v/ithout spilling and taken to the wet laboratory of the ship for preservation. Before leaving the station, the flow meter is read and recorded as the final readings. The difference between the initial and final readings is calculated and recorded. ) _ 5 - I Total towing time is recorded* For a 300 m tow total jtime should be about 21 minutes and 30 seconds- (6 minutes sinking jtime, 30 seconds settling time and 15 minutes retrieval timei. ^Before every haul the' net has to be examined for any cut or hole. ;5.3,3, Handling the sample at sea Pish and larvae are fragile and easily damaged. .Proper ^care is needed in all stages of preservation and handling aboard I the ship. I ' • „ • • 15. 3.3.1 Pre s e rving^ ,1:1^.®.,J.fggplJ, " ' j The plankton sample should be preserved immediately Jespecially in tropical Waters. The storage container in which. I the sample i"s preserved should be of sufficient size so that V7hen jfilled the preserving fluid (5% formaldehyde solution) will I occupy at least three times the volxime'of the plankton. Wide jmouthed polythene, jars of 500 ml capacity can be used as container. The plankton collection is carefully poured from the I collecting bucket into the container. The collecting bucket is then rinsed down to gather the last of the plankton. The har icontaining the plankton is then filled three fourths full with isea water before addin• ^ •g the preservative. • To obtain • th• e

I •• . • - • • • jrocommended 5 % solution of formalin in ^2 1 jar, 25 ml of concentx-ated formaldehyde is to be added. The sample jar is then jfilled almost to 'the top with sea water, capped and shaken jlightly to obtain immediate uniform preservation. While plankton j fixing is done in 5% formalin, for prolonged storage 3% is enough. j 5,3,3,2 Labeling j It is essential that samples are properly labelled, {information contained.on the labels-should be sufficient to i I identify the sample with certainity. One label is put inside I the jar while a second one*placed on the inner lid of the jar - 6 - both written with lead pencil and the jar is scre^^;' capped with the outer lid. Besides, the details are written outside the jar with a permanent ink marker pen. The labels are made with cartridge paper. 5,3,4. Laboratory procedures 5.3.4.1, Pj^nkton volume determination A measurement of wet plankton volume, determined by dis­ placement is made for-each plankton sample soon after'the samples are taken ashore.- The zooplankton volume measurement provides a rough measure of zooplankton biomass (Ahlstom £t al_., 1969). Larger samples may have to be aliquoted for sarting and the size of the aliquot will often depend on sample size. The process of determining wet plankton volimie by dis­ placement is rather simple. It is done using a specially designed volume determiner. It is a cylinderical apparatus of at least 75 ml capacity and 12 cm height made of perpex whose both ehds are open. To one end is attached a piece of p4.ankton netting of the mesh size of ,505 mm. The plankton along with the fluid is poured into this apparatus, VJhile the fluid is filtered out, the plankton will remain inside, VJhen the fluid is completely drained off, the apparatus is tightly locked into a special frame "so that the netted end becomes leak proof. The open top portion of the apparatus is then covered with a lid having a small hope on one side and a screw-adjusted needle hanging from the centre of the lid, •The ^needle may be adjusted in such a way that its free tip v/ill x-each the 50 cc level of the apparatus, A 50 cc , burette fixed on a stand is nov; filled with 5% formalin, Tlie nozle of the burette is inserted into the volume determiner through the hole on the lid and the fluid is poured along the inner side of the apparatus without bubbling. Continue pouring untill the water level touches the tip of the needle. Now note the burette - 7 - I reading. The water remaining in the burette will be equal to the i vol\me of zooplankton in the volume detenniner, (Fig.5.1.2) I ' ' ' I 5.3.4,2. Percentage of plankton to be sorted I It is recommended that total sample be sorted for fi^h ' ' \ eggs and.larvae whenever possible and that fractioning of sample J be limited to those containing exceptionally large numbers of eggs and larvae. The Folsom splitter (McEwen, Johnson and Folsom/ 1954) is-a standard apparatus for dividing plankton samples into 1 aliquot portions. Normally a minimum of 5 cc sample has to be I sorted, (Fig.5.1.3 Folsom splitter and Fig. 5.1.4 whirling splitter) I 5.3,4,3. Sorting fish eggs and larvae Before a sample is sorted^ the preserving liquid should be drained off to avoid irritation to eyes and lungs. The sample can be sorted in a very weak formalin solution. If a sample has not been completely sorted out during the day it was started, the unsorted plankton should be put-back into 5% formalin. Rough sorting can be done in a 15 cm diameter glass petridish but for finer sorting a coy.nting chamber can be effectively used under a dissecting microscope. The sorted eggs and larvae are preserved in H,glass tubes. One label has to go into each tube giving the I details of the plankton collection. The tubes are filled with jpreservative to the brim and plugged with qotton. Each tube will I contain eggs and larvae collected from one station. All the tubes belonging to a particular cruise can be put together in a jlarge container of either.glass or polythene. Enough packing I with cottom has to be given to ensure that the tubes do not rub leach other and break. Enough cotton should ±k be placed also at I the bottom of the jar. Finally the .remaining space in the jar lean be filled with cotton so that the tubes will not displace Jeven while transportation. The jars containing tubes also are i , • " • I to be filled with preservative ie, 3% formaldehyde solution*. (Fig.5.1.5. Counting chamber)." ~ 8 - 5.3.5 'REFERENCES KLAWE, W.L, 1963. Observations on the spawning of four species of tuna in the eastern Pacific Ocean, based on their larvae and juveniles. Bull. I-ATTC,, 6_(9) s 448-540. McEWEN, G.F., M.W. Johnson and T.R. POLSOM.1954. A statistical analysis of .the performance of the Polsom plankton sample splitter based upon test observations. Arch. Meteoro 1.^.Geophy^s. Bioklimatol. (A Metoorol. Geo^h^.), l_t 502-27. RICIiARDS, W.J. and D.C. SIMMONS 1971. Distribution of tuna larvae (Pisees! Scombrldae) in the north western Gulf of Guinea and off Sierra Leone. Fish,Bull. USFWS, 69(3)j 555-68. SMITH, P.E. and S. RICHARDSON 1977. Standard techniques for pelagic fish eggs and larval surveys. FAO Fish. Tech.Pap., (175), 100 pp. UNESCO 1968. Zooplankton sampling. Monographs on Oceanographic methodology -2_, UNESCO Publn., 174 pp. UNESCO 1975. Icthyoplankton, UNESCO Technical, papers in Marjjie Sciences No. 20. Report of the CIGAR Icthyoplankton Workshop, 46 pp.

kii CMFr.l/Sl/1989/Pr.VI

-GUIDELINES FOR SORTING OUT EGGS AND LARVAE

By ^ K.C, George, M. Kumaran, P. Bensam Principal Scientists and , S.G. Vincent Technical Officer

(Central Marine Fisheries Research Institute. Cochin)

(A) Aim: To familiaris'e with the methods of sorting out fish;;egc[s and larvae from live and. preserved plankton samples. (B) Material^;

* " . •, • (i) Fresh live plankton. (ii) Clear, filtered sea.water in a bucket/can, (iii). Binocular microscope. • (iv) Monocular microscope. (v) Embryo cups, 3 - 5 Nos. (vi) Petridishes, 5 - 10 cm dia, 3 - 5 Nos, (vii) Oculgr micrometer, 1 No.v (viii) Stage micrometer, 1 No. - (ix) Pipettes, long type with teat, 2 Nos, (x) Pipettes, small type with teat, 3 Nos, (xi) Formalin, 2% in sea water, 250 ml. (-xii)'Cavity slides, 3-5 Nos. and cover slips. (xiii) Laboratory towel. (xi) Dusting cloth, (x) Specimen tubes with bakelite screw cap,

(C) Methods; (i) Clean all the glassware first with freshwater and , then with filtered sea water, to ensure them free from formalin. ^ -2- (ii). Examine a sample of the live plankton under the binocular microscope. (iii) observe the important macro characters such as '(a) the size and shape of the eggs, nature of the chorion, presence or absence of oilglobule, size of the oilglobule and' perivitelline space if present, nature of yolk, pigmentation on the embryo yolk and oilglobule if present, and (b) shape of the larvae (linear or,shorter), position of vent, pattern of pigmentation, presence of fins, arrange­ ment of muscle fibres etc, (iv) Based on the above observation of the macro characters, separate the eggs and larvae showing similarities and are of more or less the same developmental stages into embryo cups containing clear, filtered sea water. (v) Place a sample of 5 to 10 eggs/larvae, as the case may be, in a cavity slide in the live condition and their vital characters in various stages (vide lecture notes IV) may be recorded under a monocular microscope under one or more magnifications in the live condition with an adequate number (vide Practical No.7). (vi) . If the embryo within an egg shows movements of its body (particularly seen in "late" eggs and those ready for hatching) which hampers the study of its characters add on6 drop of 2%.formalin to kill the embryo. Record the characters and measurements rapidly before shrinkage* (vii) Since the larvae in live condition move actively, fix them as suggested above to record their characters and measurements. Cviii) For preservation of eggs/larvae as a record and for future references, fix 5 to 1G eggs/larvae in formalin and keep them labelled in specimen tubes. CMFRl/Sl/1989/Pr./VII

GUIDELINES FOR MICROSCOPIC STUDY OF CHARACTERS

By

M. Kumaran, K.C, George, P. Bensam Principal Scientists and » S.G. Vincent Technical Officer

(Central Marine Fisheries Research Institute, Cochin)

(A) Aim: To familiarise with the microscopic study of the various characters of fish eggs and larvae. (B) Materials; As in Practical No.CMFRl/Sl/l989/Pr.IV.

(C) Methods; (i) Place the ocular micrometer inside the eye piece of the microscope. (ii) Keep the stage micrometer on the stage of the microscope. (iii) Make a note of the magnification of both the eye piece and the objective. (iv) Synchronise the calibrations in the two micro­ meters and determine how many calibrations in the ocular micrometer(called Micro Meter Divisions or simply as MMD) are required to synchronise the calibrations of for example 0.5 mm/1 mm/1.5 mm/2 mm in the stage micrometer under the particular eye piece and objective, (v) If X number of ocular micrometer divisions synchronise with, for example 1.5 mm in the stage micrometer, then 1 ocular micrometer 1.5 division is equivalent ta -^—mm, under the particular consumption of eye piece and objective magnifications used. "2- (v) After determining .the specific measurement of '•' one Micro-Meter Division (MMD), remove the stage micrometers place the egg or larva as the case may be and record the various measurements, such as egg diam.eter, yolk diameter, cilglobule diameter etc. (for the eggs)^total length of the postlarva, head length etc. (for larvae, post- larvae, early juveniles, etc. After determining the measurements in M\/ID, the value can be converted into milimetre (mm). (vii) Record the other characters such as pigmentation, colour of the yolk/oilglobule/etc. in the live condition, ornamentation on the chorion etc. (viii) Record the number of rays or spines in all the fins as well as the nature of muscle fibres. (xl)Record the number of myomeres before and after the position of vent (preanal. and [jostanal myomeres) (x) Study the various characters as well as draw the specimen by using camera lucida (vide Practical No.CMFRl/Sl/rr.IX) CMFRl/Sl/1989/Pr.IX

DRAWING OF LIVE AND PRESERVED FISH EGGS AND LARVAE

By P. Bensam, K.C. George, M. Kumaran Principal Scientists and S.G. Vincent Technical Officer

(Central Marine Fisheries Research Institute. Cochin)

(A) Aim; To familiarise with the microscopic drawing of fish eggs and larvae. (B) Materials: In addition to the materials listed in Practicals No.VII, the following:

(i) Camera lucida and their attachments, (ii) Good quality white paper. (iil) A good pencil, eraser and pencil sharpener,

(C) Methods;

(i) Isolate the particular specimen for drawing with the aid of needles or brushes or pipettes. (ii) While dealing with live eggs, ensure that the glassware used are free from formalin. (iii) Mount the eggs/larva in the live/preserved condition in a cavity slide in the required Position, (iv) Ensure that no air bubble(s) are locked up anywhere under the cover slip, (v) Fix the camera lucida in position. -2- (vi) Place the white paper alongside the microscope on the table, below the mirror, determine the extent of the figure on the paper and sketch the outline of the various characters including the overall profile of the specimen and pigmen­ tation. (vii) Record the magnification of the specimen in the drawing sheet by checking up the magnification of each ^1MD under the particular combination of eye piece and objective used, vide Practicals No.VII, (B), (i) to (vi). (viii) After fully drawing the specimen take out an Indian Ink tracing of it at the time required. (ix) For drawing specimens which are very much longer (larger) than the viewing area of the microscope under the particular combination,use eye pieces or objectives of lesser magnifications. (x) If the size of the specimen is only slightly longer than the viewing area of the microscope, draw the figure in two parts and join them to get the whole figure. CMFRl/Sl/1989/Pr.X

EVALUATION OF THE CHARACTERS OF EGGS AND LARVAE

. K.e, George, P. Bensam, M. Kumaran Principal Scientists and S,G, Vincent Technical Officer

(Central Marine Fisheries Research Institutet Cochin)

Aim: To evaluate the characters of fish eggs and larvae.

The following char3cters may be evaluated in relation to the stage of development:-

(A) Eggs; (i) Total diameter. (ii) Yolk diameter. (iii) Extent of perivitelline space. (iv) Pattern of.pigmentation on the embryo, yoik, oilglobule. (v) .Ornamentation on the chorion.

(B). Larvae and Postlarvae (i) Number and disposition of myomeres, (ii) Stage of developmental features in reltion to the length of the specimen, (iii) Pattern of pigmentation. (iv) Origin of various fins. (v) Bifurcation of caudal fin. (vi) Appearance of rays and spines in fins and the variations in their number. ; (vii) Relative position of dorsal, anal, pelvic and pectoral fins in relation to,the length of the -2~ specimen and the stage Qf development.

(C) Juveniles;

All the morphometric, meristic and colouration pattern of the specimen, as applied in ichthyotaxo- nomy (vide Practical, IV) are to be taken in to , account. CMFRl/Sl/l989/Pr,XI

LIBRARY WORK ON A STUDY OF FISH EGGS AND LARVAE $ By P. Bensam, M. Kumaran, K.C. George Principal Scientists and S.G. Vincent Technical Officer

(Central Marine Fisheries Research Institute, Cochin)

Aim; To assess whether the material worked out has already been "reported in literature.

Procedure: (1) The literature recorded in the section on "References" in the Compendium may be consulted, (2) Also publications on Fish Eggs and Larvae to the extent available in the libraries which are accessible may be consulted. (3) Index cards may be prepared along with brief annotations. (4) Cross references may also be consulted. (5) Based on such a library work, it may be ascer­ tained whether the material studied has not yet been reported in literature; and if so, gather the literature available on the eggs and larvae of species and genera allied to the material. CMFRl/Sl/1989/Pr.XII

FINALISATION AND WRITING UP OF THE WORK ON FISH EGGS AND LARVAE

•.. ^ sy ••- . • •• K.C. George^ P. Bensam, M, Kumaran Principal Scientist and S.G. Vincent technical Officer

(Central Marine Fisheries Research' Institute. Cochin)

(A) Aim; TQ^ write up and finalise the work for publication. (B) Materials; (i) The descriptive notes prepared on the material studied by you. (ii) Drawings of the eggs and larvae. (iii) Literature published on the eggs and larvae of species/genera allied to the ones studied by'you. (C)' Procedure: (i) Make out an "introduction", drawing out attention to the importance of the species and a brief review of the existing state of knowledge (literature) on the eggs and larvae of the species as well as of the genera related to it. (ii) Write up a section on material.and methods giving out the way the work was carried out. (iii) Describe the various developmental stages under - such subsections -as "Eggs", "Larvae", etc. etc. drawing attention to the various salient features and referring to the figures (to be drawn with Indian Ink while sending for publication). -2- • (iv) In the section on "Discussion", compare and contrast your findings with the work on the eggs and larvae already published on those of allied species and/or genera.

(v) List out the relevant references.